• 596.50 KB
  • 2021-05-13 发布

2014高考英语第一轮复习知识点概要125页

  • 111页
  • 当前文档由用户上传发布,收益归属用户
  1. 1、本文档由用户上传,淘文库整理发布,可阅读全部内容。
  2. 2、本文档内容版权归属内容提供方,所产生的收益全部归内容提供方所有。如果您对本文有版权争议,请立即联系网站客服。
  3. 3、本文档由用户上传,本站不保证质量和数量令人满意,可能有诸多瑕疵,付费之前,请仔细阅读内容确认后进行付费下载。
  4. 网站客服QQ:403074932
高考英语复习知识点概要 ‎1.a great/good many: a large number of许多。修饰可数名词复数。‎ I’m quite busy. I have a great many things to do. 我很忙,我有很多事要做。‎ 若复数名词前有限定词或其修饰的为代词时,应加of . ‎ ‎①A great many of the books have been sold out. 已经卖了很多书了。‎ ‎②A great many of them are out of work.他们很多人失业了。‎ ‎2.able(可以的,有能力的,可能的)①He is an able man.那人本事不小。‎ enable(v)使……能 ‎②We must learn more to enable us to face all the difficulties.我们要多学知识以便能面对各种困难。‎ disable:有残疾的,不能干的;the disabled表示一类人(残疾人)‎ able作词辍时 ‎①可以……的,值得……的(有被动含义)‎ eatable可食用的,measurable可以测量、估计的;readable可读的 ‎②其他含义:conformable舒适的、安逸的;suitable 合适的,恰当的 ‎3.above, over, on 三个词都可以表示“在……上“,但用法不同。On表示与某物体表面接触;over表示在某物体垂直的上方,含“布满、覆盖、跨越”之意,与under 相对;above表示位置高于,但不一定垂直,与below相对。注意:与数字、数量、长度词连用时,多用over,同more than。如:over10,000people一万多人;表示年龄、刻度多用above,如a man above fifty五十开外的人;above zero零度以上。‎ 习惯用语:well above average远在一般以上;above sea-level海拔以上;the one above上面的一个;above all首先,尤其重要的是;over there 那边;all over 遍及;over again 再一遍;over and over再三地 ‎[应用]介词填空 ‎①There lay an umbrella_______the table and some raincoats _____it.‎ ‎②The mother held an umbrella______the boy’s head so that the sun wouldn’t burn him.‎ ‎③ There seemed to be a war and many planes were flying____the city.‎ ‎④The moon was______the trees in the east.‎ Key:①on,under ②over ③over ④above above all 首先,特别是,最重要的是 after all 到底,毕竟 at all (用来加强语气)与not连用,表示“一点也不,完全不”。‎ in all 总共 all but 几乎,差点没(=almost,nearly)‎ ‎①We have all but finished the work.‎ ‎②The day turned out fine after all.‎ ‎③Children need many things ,but above all they need love.‎ ‎④He wasn’t at all tired.‎ ‎⑤Do you feel ill at all(真的,确实)?‎ ‎⑥There were twenty in all at the party.‎ ‎4.accident/event/ incident event一般指重大事件。accident多指意外或偶然发生的事故,特别是不幸的、有损害性的事故。incident相对于accident来说,显得不很重要,指“小事件”,它还可以用来表示“事变”,如叛乱、爆炸等。如:‎ The broadcaster is broadcasting the news on current events.广播员正在播报时事新闻。‎ He was badly injured in the traffic accident.在那起交通事故中,他严重受伤。‎ There was an incident on the bus: a man fought with the conductor.那辆公共汽车上发生了一件事,有个人和售票员打了起来。‎ Have you heard of Xi’an Incident?你听说过“西安事变”吗?‎ ‎5.admit vt.①接纳,许可……进入(allow sb./sth.to enter)‎ He was admitted to the school this year.Only two hundred boys and girls are admitted to our school every year.‎ ‎②承认,后可接名词,doing、从句或复合结构。‎ I admit my fault. She admitted having read the letter. He admitted that his comprehension was weak. ‎ You must admit the task to be difficult.‎ ‎6.advice建议;劝告。是不可数名词,“一条建议”应用a piece of advice。常用结构。‎ give sb.advice(on)/give advice给某人提(关于……的)建议;忠告某人。‎ ask(sb.)for advice征求(某人的)意见。‎ ‎①Marx gave us some good advice on how to learn a foreign language.‎ 关于如何学好外语,马克思给我们提了些好建议。‎ ‎②If you take /follow my advice, you’ll pass the exam.如果你听从我的建议,你会考试及格的。‎ ‎③Let’s ask our teacher for some advice.咱们征求一下老师的意见吧。‎ ‎7.admire(= respect / praise)vt.羡慕,钦佩,夸奖 ‎ admire sb.(for sth.)佩服某人某事 ‎ Visitors to Beijing greatly admire our Palace Museum. 去北京的游人极其羡慕我们的故宫。‎ ‎ I admire him for his wisdom.我佩服他的智慧。 别忘了夸奖孩子。‎ ‎ 对比:envy(= jealous)vt.嫉妨,羡慕 ‎ envy sb.(sth.)嫉妒/羡慕某人某事 We all envy you your good future. 我们都很羡慕你的好运。‎ ‎8.advise sb. to do sth.建议某人做某事(suggest不这样用)。‎ ‎①I advise you to take the chance.我建议你抓住机会。‎ ‎②—What do you advise me to do?你建议我怎么办?‎ ‎—I advise you not to lose heart; just keep on.我劝你不要灰心,继续干。‎ advise 还可同suggest一样,后接名词、代词、动名词(短语)和that从句(用虚拟语气)作宾语。‎ ‎①—What would you advise?你有什么建议吗?—I advise you an early start我建议你早点出发。‎ ‎②I advise holding a metting to discuss the problem.我建议召开一次会议来讨论这个问题。‎ ‎③I advise you (should) go to once.我建议你马上去。‎ advise ,persuade ‎ persuade sb. to do sth.意为“说服某人做某事”,强调劝说成功,说服;advise sb. to do sth. 意为“劝说某人做某事”,不涉及劝说是否有效,相当于try to persuade sb. to do sth.。如:‎ The doctor persuaded my father to give up smoking.医生说服我爸爸戒了烟。‎ The doctor advised my father to give up smoking, but failed.‎ 医生劝我爸爸戒烟,但没成功。‎ advise; suggest advise 与suggest 都可作“建议”讲,二者用法有同有异。‎ ‎(1)相同点 表示建议做某事,advise与suggest都可采用下列三种句型:‎ ‎① + 名词 ‎② + 动名词 ‎③ + that从句(从句中常用should加动词原形,should可以省略。)‎ eg. He advised/ suggested an early start.‎ He advised/ suggested (our) starting early.‎ He advised/ suggested that we (should) start early.‎ ‎(注:只要是用从句表示建议该做的事,从句中就可用“should+动词原形”,should可以省略。)上面的第三句可转化为:‎ It was suggested that we (should) start early.‎ What he suggested was that we(should) start early.‎ His suggestion was that we (should) start early.‎ ‎(2)不同点 ‎①advise后可以跟人称代词作宾语,而suggest后不可以跟人称代词作宾语。故可以说:‎ advise sb. to do sth.; advise sb. against (doing) sth.; advise sb. on/ about sth.; suggest(to sb.)that...‎ 前三种结构中不可将advise改为suggest,如:‎ 他建议我们去参观博物馆。‎ ‎[正]He advised us to go to visit the museum.‎ ‎[误]He suggested us to go to visit the museum.‎ ‎[误]He suggested us that we go to visit the museum.‎ ‎②suggest还有“暗示、表明、说、指出(一个事实)”的意思。此时从句中用陈述语气,不用虚拟语气。如:‎ The smile on his face suggested that he was pleased.‎ Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the patient was seriously ill.(句中suggest陈述了一个事实,故用陈述语气。)比较:‎ Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the Patient be ‎ operated on at once.(句中suggest表示建议该做某事,从句中用should加动词原形,should在从句中省略。)‎ ‎9.affect(=have an effect on sth.)vt.影响(effect n.影响)‎ ‎ This may affect your health. 这或许会影响你的健康。‎ My throat is always affected by bad weather.我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。‎ ‎10.afraid ‎1)“be afraid of+名词”,意为“害怕”。‎ ‎2)“be afraid of doing sth”意为“担心,害怕……”。‎ ‎3)“be afraid for…”意为“为……担心。”‎ ‎4)“be afraid that…”意为“担心,恐怕”。‎ ‎5)“be afraid to do ”意为“害怕,担心而不敢做某事”。‎ ‎6)I’m afraid so/not.恐怕是这样/恐怕不会这样 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①女孩子一般都怕蛇。Girls are usually______ _____snakes.‎ ‎②他怕把杯子打碎,因而很小心。He was careful because he was afraid______ _____the glass.‎ ‎③你不为自己的安全担心吗?Are you afraid_______your safety?‎ ‎④恐怕她会迷路。I am _____ _____she will lose her way.‎ ‎⑤汤姆把钱丢了,也不敢告诉他母亲。Tom lost the money and was afraid________ ______his mother.‎ Key:①afraid,of ②of,breaking ③for ④afraid,that ⑤to tell ‎11.again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again再三地 ‎ The old man thinks of his happy past again and again. 这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。‎ ‎12.age ‎ (1)n.年龄,时代,时期 ‎ The old man died at the age of 80/when he was 80 years of age/when he was 80 years old.‎ ‎ 那位老人80岁时去世了。‎ ‎ He is young for his age. 就他的年龄而论,他是年轻的。‎ ‎ What is the age of the church? 这座教堂多少年了?‎ ‎ He was the greatest poet of the age. 他是那个时代最伟大的诗人。‎ ‎ (2)vi./vt. 变老 ‎ He is aging fast. Worry ages a man. 他老得很快。忧虑令人老!‎ ‎ I found him greatly aged. 我发现他老多了。‎ ‎ 拓展:(1)adj. aged……岁的,年老的 ‎ a boy aged ten 一个10岁的男孩 an aged man老人 ‎ (2)人生的七期 ‎ baby→infant→child→youth→manhood→middle age→old age ‎ 婴儿/0→幼儿7→儿童12→青年28→壮年40→中年65→老年 ‎13.agree 同意。常用桔构:‎ ‎(1)agree on 对……取得一致意见或达成协议,一般表示原双方共同商讨以后达成协议的名词)。主语必须是两者以上。也常用被动语态,表示“(某事)是大家都同意的”。 如: ‎ ‎①They agreed on the date for the next meeting.对下次会议的日期他们达成了一致意见。‎ ‎②At last,the plan was agreed on. 最后,这项计划通过了。‎ ‎③I don’t agree with you to this arrangement, but perhaps, after a discussion we will agree on this ‎ project.我不赞同你在这件事的安排,但或许在协商之后我们可以就这个工程达成共识。‎ ‎(2)agree to 同意;赞成。to 为介词,后接表示“建议;办法;计划”等名词。‎ ‎①Do you agree to my plan?你同意我的计划吗?‎ ‎②The headmaster has agreed to our suggestion for the holiday.校长同意了我们度假的建议。‎ ‎(3)agree with同意;赞成。后接sb. 或what 从句。‎ I agree with you ,but I don’t agree with what he said.我同意你的意见,但我不同意他所说的。另外,agree with还有“与……相适应/相一致”的意思。‎ The climate here doesn’t agree with me .我不适应这里的气候。‎ ‎(4)agree to do sth.同意、答应做某事。‎ Do you agree to go with us if we agree to lend you some money?如果我们答应借钱给你,你同意和我们一起去吗?‎ ‎14.ahead短语归纳 go ahead朝前走,请便(同意对方继续干或同意对方的请求);go ahead (on)with… 继续;ahead of在……前面,早于,优先;ahead of time提前 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他朝前走去看看发生了什么事情。He ________ ________ to see what had happened.‎ ‎②我可以坐这个座位吗?请坐吧。May I take this seat?________ _______.‎ ‎③汤姆的数学比玛丽好。Tom is ________ _______ Mary in maths.‎ ‎④她比我早到2个小时。She arrived two hours _______ _______me.‎ ‎⑤他们已提前三周完成了设计。They have completed the design _______ ______ _______ _______time.‎ Key:①went,ahead ②Go,ahead③/ ④ahead,of⑤three,weeks,ahead,of ‎15.alive,living,live,lively,lovely区别 ‎1)lovely意“可爱的”,“美好的”如:a lovely day 美好的一天 a lovely girl 可爱的女孩 ‎2)alive 意为“活着的、有活力的”,是表语形容词,可修饰人、物; ‎ 在句中做表语宾补和或后置定词,不能用作前置定语。如 He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.他被送往医院时还活着。‎ Although he is old, he is still very much alive.虽然年老了,但他仍十分活跃。‎ The fish is still alive/living.那条鱼还活着。‎ Keep him alive, please.请让他活下去吧。‎ He is the only man alive in the accident.他是事故中惟一活着的人。‎ After the war , he remained alive .战后他还活着。‎ Those alive will gather here. 活着的人将在此相聚。‎ ‎3)living 意为“活着的、有生命的”,主要用于作前置定语及冠词the 之后表示一类人,也可用作表语,可修饰人或物。如:‎ a living plant 活的植物 The living will go on with the work of the dead.活着的人将继续死者的工作。‎ all living things所有生物 the living 在世者,活着的人们 Latin is not a living language. 拉丁语不是现代使用的语言。‎ He is still living at the age of 95.95岁了他还活着。‎ ‎4)live [laiv]‎ ‎(1)(动、植物)“活的”,“有生命的”,“活生生的,主要用来说鸟或其它动物,作前置定语;如:a live fish一条活鱼 a live tiger 一只活老虎 ‎(2)实况的,现场直播的;如:a live report现场报道a live show/broadcast/TV program现场转播的表演/实况广播/现场直播的电视节目 living有精神的,活泼的,快活的,轻快的 Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.她爷爷已经93岁了,仍然健在。‎ ‎5)lively 意为“活泼的”,“有生气的”, 生动的 ‎ ‎ “生动的”,可用作表语、定语,指人或物。如:‎ a lively child 活泼的孩子 a lively description 生动的描述如:‎ a lively mind 活跃的头脑 a lively discussion 热烈的讨论 a way of making one’s classes lively 使课堂生动的方法 He told a lively story about his life in Africa. 他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。‎ ‎ Young children are usually lively. 年轻人通常很活泼。‎ all the same adj.都一样;无所谓(to+n.)‎ ‎ ①You can stay or leave now;It’s all the same to me.‎ ‎②It’s all the same to me whether we’ll go there today or tomorrow.‎ adv.仍然,还是 Thank you all the same.‎ all the year round 全年,一年到头 In the west coast of Canada,it rains all the year round.‎ ‎16.allow与permit ‎ ‎1)用法相同 allow / permit sb .to do sth .允许某人做某事 allow / permit doing sth . 允许做某事。此时动词只用ing 形式。‎ 反义词forbid 具有同样用法。‎ ‎2)意义有异同 许多情况下可换用,只是词意的强弱上有差异。allow语意较弱,含有“听任”,“默许”,“不加阻止”的意思;permit 语意较强,强调“正式认可”,“批准”的意思。如:‎ The nurse allowed him to remain there ,though it was not permitted.‎ 护士让他留在那里,虽然这时(规定)不允许的。‎ ‎17.amaze vt.使……惊奇 = astonish, surprise ‎ The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。‎ ‎ 拓展:(1)amazed人对……感到吃惊的;amazing(某物)……信人吃惊的。‎ ‎ They were all amazed at the amazing news. 听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。‎ ‎ (2)amazement n.‎ ‎ to one’s amazement令人吃惊的是 ‎ To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna. 让我奇怪的是,他们去西双版纳了。‎ ‎ 类似短语:to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement ‎ 使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是 and so on : etc 等等。用来表示列举,但又不一一列出。‎ He knows five foreign languages, English, French, Japanese and so on.他懂5种外语,如英语、法语、日语等等。‎ announce, explain, introduce, declare后面不接双宾语,若以人作宾语常置于to后。如:‎ The president announced to the workers the sad news.‎ The president announced the sad news to the workers.总裁向工人宣布了那不幸的消息。‎ He introduced the new comer to everyone here.他把新来的那个人介绍给这里的每个人。‎ report to sb.向某人汇报:report sth/sb.to sb.向某人汇报/告诉。‎ ‎[应用]单句改错 ‎①The teacher explained his students how to use the computer.‎ ‎②No one declared us we could not smoke here.‎ Key:①explain后加to ②declare后加to ‎18.another day/the other day/some day/one day another day 可表示近期将来的某一天,意为“改天”,也可表示过去将来某一动作或状态延续的“又一天”。如:‎ She is coming another day instead of today. 她今天不来,改天来。‎ You may do it another day.‎ 你可以改天做这件事。‎ He stayed there (for) another day/another two days after I lift.‎ 我离开后他在那又待了一天/两天。‎ the other day 相当于a few days ago,意为“几天前、某天、那天、不久前”,句中用一般过去时。如:‎ I met her in the street the other day.几天前我在街上碰见过她。‎ I bought the watch the other day.这手表我是几天前买的。‎ some day指将来“总有一天、有朝一日、终将、(日后)某一天”,谓语动词用一般将来时.如:‎ Your wishes will come true some day.总有一天你的愿望会实现的。‎ Some day you’ll have to pay for what you have done.‎ 总有一天你要为你的行为而付出代价的。‎ one day可以表示“(过去)某一天”,谓语动词常用一般过去式;也可表示“(将来)某一天”,这时可与some day互相代替,谓语常用一般将来时。如:‎ One day I went to see my first teacher ,but he happened to be out.有一天,我去看我的启蒙老师,可碰巧他出去了。‎ He will understand the teacher one day/some day.将来有一天,他会理解老师的。‎ ‎19.anxious, eager 两个词均有“渴望,急于”之意。anxious 着重指焦急、着急或担心;而eager着重指对成功的期望或进取的热情。两者都多用作表语,其主语通常是人,不能以无生命的事物作主语。对比:‎ He is eager to join the army.他渴望参军。‎ He is anxious to know whether he has been chosen.‎ 他急于知道是否被选上了。‎ 常用搭配:‎ ‎①be anxious to do sth.渴望急切地做某事;be anxious for渴望(了解、得到);‎ be anxious about担心,对……感到不安 ‎②be eager to do sth.急切地想做某事;‎ be eager for (about, after)渴望,渴求,‎ be eager for your help渴望得到你的帮助;‎ be eager about peace渴望和平 ‎①学生们都急切地想知道考试结果。‎ The students ________ ________ ________ ________ the results ofthe examination.‎ ‎②那个小男孩渴望得到一台新录音机。The little boy was ________ ________a new recorder. ‎ ‎③我很担心我儿子的健康。I’m ________ ________my son’s health.‎ ‎④他殷切希望女儿的成功。He is __________ _________ his daughter’s success.‎ Key:①are, anxious(eager),to ,know②anxious(eager),for③anxious, about④eager, for(about, after)‎ ‎20.apologize for doing sth.‎ apologize是不及物动词,意为“道歉”,其表达式为“apologize to sb.for sth.”。如:‎ You must apologize to your sister for being so rude.它的名词形式是apology, 复数形式是apologizes.‎ make one’s apologies to sb. for sth.= make an apology to sb. for sth.如:‎ He make his apologies to me for coming late.‎ ‎21.appear As a result, it appered to scientists on earth that the stars had moved.因此,地球上的科学家看来,恒星好像是移动了。‎ 句型:It appears/seems(to sb.) +that—clause.看来/似乎是……‎ ‎①It appears to me that something is wrong.我看好像有点不大对头。‎ ‎②It appears that he will the prize.看来他会得笑。‎ appear;seem;look appear, seem, look都有“看起来似……”之意,但其暗含意思和用法又各有不同。‎ 从意义上讲:[来源:学#科#网Z#X#X#K]‎ ‎(1)appear强调外表给人的印象,有时含实质上并非如此的意思,如:‎ He appears to know more than he really does。他看起来好像懂得很多。(其实懂得没有那么多)‎ ‎(2)seem暗示有一定根据的判断,这种判断往往接近事实,如:‎ His health seems to be better.他的健康状况似乎有所好转。‎ ‎(3)look着重由视觉得出的印象,如:‎ He doesn’t look his age.他看起来比实际年龄年轻(或老成)。‎ 从用法上讲:‎ seem和appear后可加 ‎(to + be)+表语(adj.或n.或prep.)‎ ‎+to v.‎ It + ~ +(that)从句如:‎ He seems/appears(to be)very sad today.=It seems that he is very sad today.‎ It seems like years since I saw you last time.‎ He seems a kind doctor.(=It seems that he is a kind doctor.)‎ He seems/appears to have caught a cold.=It seems/appears that he has caught a cold.‎ ‎22.look当“看起来似乎…和as if从句。如:‎ He looks strong.‎ She looks like her mother.‎ It looks as if we are going to miss the train.…”讲时,可接形容词、过去分词、名词、介词短语 ‎23.area; district ‎(1)area表示“地区、区域”,是普通用词,暗示一个较大的,可能是没有清楚界限的地区,不能用来指行政上的地理单位。如:‎ The old man lives in a mountain area.这位老人生活在山东。‎ This is a less developed area.这是个欠发达地区。‎ Most of the large land areas are connected.多数大块陆地是相连的。‎ ‎(2)district表示“区、地区、区域”,指为行政管理或选举之目的所分的区。在同一城市,各种性质不同的区域也叫district。如:‎ Where is the District of Columbia?哥伦比亚特区在什么地方?‎ The old man used to work in the jin-Cha-Ji Military District.那位老人曾经在晋察冀军区工作。‎ The northeast part of the city is the residential district.这城市的东北部是住宅区。‎ Arm ‎24.take…in one’s arms 该结构意为“拥抱”。如:‎ He went into classroom, taking some books in his arms.‎ As a child….:As/When he was a child…,小的时候,该句型中的as为连词,意为“在……的时候”,引导时间状语从句。当从句与主句主语一致,且从句谓语为be时,可将从句主语及be省略。‎ ‎①Even as(he was)a student,Professor Smith showed great interest in maths.甚至上学的时候,史密斯教授对数学就很感兴趣。‎ ‎②As(he was)a boy,he liked playing table tennis with the grown-ups.小时候,他就喜欢和大人们打乒乓球。‎ ‎25.as a result 作为结果,结果(发生某情况),可置于句首,也可置于句末 She got up very early. As a result, she was able to catch the early bus.她起得很早,因此她赶上了早班车。‎ He has won the game. He is in high spirits as a result. 他赢了比赛,所以他精神高昂。‎ He runs every day .As a result , he has lost weight .他每天跑步,结果他减肥了。‎ as a result of 作为……的结果,as a result of……的结果是 As a result of exercise , he has built up his health.‎ ‎ The flight was delayed as a result of typhoon.该次班机因台风而延误 result in = lead to 导致,造成……结果,如:‎ Hard work results in success.努力终归成功。(= Success results from hard work.成功来自努力)‎ Hard work results in success. 勤奋才会成功。‎ result from 由……产生的结果,如:‎ Success results from hard work. 成功来自勤奋。‎ His illness resulted from overwork. 他的病起因于操劳过渡。‎ ‎26.as…as as many as 和……一样多/多达;as much as 和……一样多/多达(注意:many指可数的量,much 指不可数词的量);as high as 和……一样高/高达;as thick as 和……一样厚/厚达;as long as 一样长/长达;as deep as 一样深/深达;as early as 一样早/早在……时候,如:‎ We have as many books as they.我们的书和他们的一样多。/The great fire burned down as many as twenty buildings.大火烧毁的大楼多达20座。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①新桥与旧桥一样长。/这种鱼可长到长达‎15英尺。‎ ‎②这座山和远处的另一座一样高。/这座山高达‎4000米。‎ Key:①The new bridge is as long as the old one./The kind of fish can grow as long as 15 feet.‎ ‎②This mountain is as high as another one in the distance./This mountain is as high as 4,000 metres.‎ as…as possible:as…as one can尽可能地…….‎ ‎①I’ll come back as soon as possible.我尽可能地……‎ ‎②Get up as early as possible tomorrow morning. 明天早晨尽量早起。‎ as...as...用法小结 ‎(1)...as+形容词(副词)原级+as...;not as/so+形容词(副词)原级+as...‎ Their factory is as large as ours.他们的工厂和我们的一样大。‎ I study as hard as you.我和你一样用功学习。‎ He doesn’t get up as/ so early as his parents.他不像他父母那样早起床。‎ ‎(2)……倍数 + as + 形容词(副词)原级+as...‎ Line AB is 3 times as long as Line CD.=Line AB is twice longer than/3 times the length of Line CD.线段AB是线段CD长的3倍。‎ ‎(3)as + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + as; as + 形容词+复数名词 + as She is as good many records as possible.我们需要尽量多的唱片。‎ There is as much sugar in it as eight pieces of sugar.其中的含糖量相当于八块方糖。‎ I have’t got as much money as I thought.我没有原来想象的那么多钱。‎ ‎(5)as much/ many as多达……,……那么多 On Sports Day, during the relay race, you will use most of all, perhaps as much as 650 calories an hour.在运动会上,进行接力赛跑时,你消耗的能量最多,可能每小时多达650卡。‎ As many as 700 different languages are spoken in Africa.非洲有多达700种不同的语言。‎ He didn’t catch as many as he’d hoped.他没有捉住预想的那么多。‎ ‎(6)as...as possible; as... as one can ‎ The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as he can. =The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as possible.老师在黑板上应尽可能仔细地把字写好。‎ Please be as friendly as possible to your friends.=Please be as friendly as you can.请对你的朋友尽可能友好。‎ ‎(7)as...as + 年代数字/名词 As early as 1950 I knew him.早在1950 年我就认识他了。‎ He walked as far as the post office.他步行到邮局。‎ ‎(8)as/so far as I know As/ So for as I know, he will be away from home for 3 months.就我所知,他将要离家3个月。‎ ‎(9)as soon as—……就……‎ Please let us know as soon as you arrive in Bejing.一到北京,请通知我们一声。‎ ‎(10)as well as 和;也;还有 He gave me money as well as advice.他除了给我忠告外,还给我钱。‎ He studies French as well as English.他不但学习英语,而且学习法语。‎ ‎(11)as/so long as 只要;如果 You may use that dictionary as long as you take care of it.只要你好好保存,你可以用那本词典。‎ as a matter of fact=in fact事实上、实际上……‎ It seems easy,but as a matter of fact,it’ll take us a long time to work it out.‎ 这道题貌似简单,实际上要解出的话很费时间。‎ 区别下列用法 ‎1)as(so)far as 和……一样远,远至(原级比较或表示距离);就……来讲 ‎2)as(so)long as 和……一样长(原级比较);只要(引导条件 状语从句)‎ ‎3)as well as和……一样好;既……也……(连接并列成分)‎ ‎4)as good as和……一样好;事实上(作状语)‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他们实际上已经答应帮助我们了。They have ________ _______ ______ promised to help us.‎ ‎②油漆后的这辆自行车和新的一样。Painted, this bike is _______ _____ ______ a new one.‎ ‎③小李英语说得和汉语一样好。Xiao Li speaks English______ ______ _____ she speaks Chinese.‎ ‎④他和他的父母对我都很好。He _______ ______ ______his parents is kind to me.‎ ‎⑤晚饭后我们一直到走山脚下。After supper we walked______ _____ ______the foot of the hill.‎ ‎⑥就我所知,他将离开两个月。______ ______ ______I know, he’ll be away for two months.‎ ‎⑦只要努力,你一定会成功。________ ________ _______you work hard, you’ll succeed in time.‎ ‎⑧这座新建的桥据说和旧的一样长。This newly – built bridge is said to be _____ ____ ___the old one.‎ Key:①②as good as;③④as well as ⑤as far as ⑥As, far,as ⑦As/so,long,as ⑧as,long,as as if可用as though替换,在此引导表语从句,另外它们也可引导状语从句,从句既可用陈述语气,也可用虚拟语气。如:‎ ‎①It looks as if /though it’s going to rain.(陈述语气)‎ ‎②You look as if you’d seen a ghost.(虚拟语气)‎ as is the case with = as with ……就和……的情况一样 ‎ As is the case with his mother, he is fond of music. 跟母亲一样,他喜欢音乐。‎ ‎ As with human, animals also love their babies. 同人一样,动物也爱它们的幼仔。‎ as good as as good as 作为固定词组意为“几乎一样”,“实际上等于”,作为同级比较结构,意为“和……一样好”。如:‎ ‎①He is as good at English as me.②My bike is as good as yours.‎ ‎…as it is ‎ 该固定词组表达意思是“就以(现在)这个样子,”“根据现在的情况”。‎ 如:He decided to buy the house as it is.‎ as long as/so long as只要 ‎ (1)引导条件状语从句 ‎ You may borrow the book as / so long as you keep it clean. 只要你不把书弄脏,你就可以借。‎ You will succeed so long as you work hard. 只要你努力就会成功。‎ ‎ As long as you study hard, you’ll make great progress. 只要你努力学习,你就会取得很大进步。‎ ‎ (2)和……一样长 ‎ This rope is as long as that one.这条绳子和那条一样长。‎ ‎ This bridge isn’t so/as long as that one.这座桥和那座不一样长。‎ ‎ (3)长达……(表时间)‎ ‎ The old couple have been living in the small town as long as 50 years.‎ ‎ 这对老夫妇已在这个小城镇里住了长达50年。‎ as well/ as well as as well 表示“也”,是副词短语,用作状语,通常放在句末,也可放在主语之后,相当于too,但一般无标点符号与句子隔开.as well as 通常看作一个复合并列连词,连接两个成分相同的词、短语或句子,表示“既……又……,不但……而且……”当它连接两个主语时,谓语动词的人称和数要与第一个主语保持一致。如:‎ The children learn to read, write and they play games as well.孩子们学习读书写字,他们也做游戏。‎ With television,we can see a picture as well as hear sound.利用电视,我们既能听到声音,又能看到图像.‎ Tom,as well as his parents,likes pop music.汤姆以及他的父母都喜欢流行音乐。‎ as;which引导定语从句异同 as, which 都能引导限制性或非限制性的定语从句。‎ ‎(1)在引导限制性定语从句时;‎ ‎①which从句修饰的先行词是名词(词组),which可与that换用,作宾语时可省去。如:‎ Then grow some tomatoes in one box which has plant food in the soil and some in another box which doesn’t.‎ But the studios(which)he started are still busy today, producing more and more interesting films.‎ ‎②as从句的先行词是the same/such或被the same/such修饰;as可作主、宾、表语,一律不可省略。如:Many of the sports were the same as they are now.(as作表语) ‎ He uses the same map as I (use).他和我用的是同一份地图。(as作宾语)‎ Such as beautiful park as is being built was designed by two young engineers.正在建造的如此漂亮的公园是由两个年轻的工程师设计的。(as作主语)‎ The printed newspaper was not such as the chief editor had expected. 印好的报纸并非如主编原来所期望的那样。(as作宾语)‎ ‎(2)在引导非限制性定语从句时,as,which都可作主、宾、表语,都不可省去。‎ ‎①which从句补充说明先行词的用途、性质、状态、特征等。如:‎ At present,the biggest nature park for milu deer in China is in the Nanhaizi Milu Park,which is about 20 kilometres south of Beijing.(位置)‎ China Daily has plenty of advertisements, which help to cut the costs of making the newspaper.(用途)‎ One of Charile Chaplin’s most famous films was“The Gold Rush”,which was made in 1925.(时间)‎ Now, however,the maters of this great lake,which is also the World’s deepest(over 1,740 metres),have been dirtied by waste ‎ from a chemical factory.(特征)‎ ‎②which从句还可表示说话人的看法,也可对主句作意义上的补充;which=and it/ this/ that/ they;which代表的是先行词、主句或主句的一部分;which从句只能放在先行词或主句后。如:‎ He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and it)is not true.他说她会四门外语,这是不可能的。(说话人看法,which代表宾语从句部分)‎ 比较:He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and that)surprised every one of us.他说她会四门外语,这使我们每个人都很惊讶。(补充主句,which 代表主句)‎ Leaves are turning yellow, which means autumn is coming. 树叶正在变黄,这意味着秋天就要来了。‎ ‎③as也可代表先行词、主句或主句一部分。但as有“正如”的意义,其从句可放在主句前或后,如:‎ The Nanjing Changjiang River Bridge,as we all know, was compl-‎ eted in 1969.我们都知道南京长江大桥,它建成于一九六九年。(as代表先行词)‎ To shut your eyes to facts, as many of you do, is foolish.(如)你们许多人(所做的那样)对事实视而不见是愚蠢的。(as代表主语部分)‎ ‎ As we know, the earth is round. 我们知道,地球是圆的。 ‎ ‎27.ask for 要求,请求 ask sb.for sth.向(某人)请求 (要求)……‎ She asked for some advice on how to learn English well.‎ at表示速度、价格、利率 at a high/low price以高价/;低价;at 40 miles an hour 以每小时40英里的速度;at a high/low speed以高速/慢速;at an ordinary speed 以普通速度;at full/top speed以全速/高速;at a speed of 以……速度。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①公司决定以较低的价格将这批电视卖掉。‎ The company decided to sell the TV sets _ __ _ __ __ _ 。‎ ‎②火车正以每小时‎150英里的速度前进。‎ The train was running ______ _____ ______ _______150 miles an hour .‎ Key:①at, a, low, price②at,a, speed,of ‎“at+名词”表示“在进行,从事”‎ at work 在工作;at table在吃饭;at play 在做游戏;at sea 出海;at university/college在上学;at night school在上夜校;at dinner/table在吃饭;at peace处于和平状态;at war在交战,在打仗 ‎[应用]完成句子。‎ ‎①别人在工作,不要吵闹。Don’t make any noise while others are ______ ________.‎ ‎②孩子们在游戏,而他们的父母正在吃饭。‎ The children were ______ ________ while their parents were_______ _______.‎ Key:①at, work②at,play,at,dinner ‎28.at last, in the end, finally 三者均有“最后、终于”的含义。‎ finally常用于动词之前,表示人们长期以来期待的某事最后实现了,也可指一系列事物或论点的顺序。例如:‎ After putting it off three times,we finally managed to have a holiday in Greece.经过三次延期之后,我们终于在希腊度了一次假。‎ They talked about it for hours.Finally,they decided not to go.他们谈论了几个小时,最后决定不去。‎ at last 有时可与finally互换,但往往用于一番拖延或曲折之后,语气更强烈。例如:‎ When at last they found him, he was almost dead.当人们最终找到他时,他已经奄奄一息了。‎ James has passed his exams at last.詹姆斯终于通过了考试。‎ in the end指经过许多变化、困难的捉摸不定的情况之后,某事才发生。例如:‎ We made five different plans for our holiday, but in the end we had a summer camp again.我们制订了五种不同的度假方案,但最后我们还是选定了再来一次夏令营活动。‎ ‎29.at (the) least 至少;最少。反义词组为at (the)most至多;最多。‎ ‎—Mr Smith looks older than his real age.In fact,he is at (the)most 40 years old.史密斯先生很显老,实际上他最多40岁。‎ ‎—Oh, really?I thought he was 50 years old at (the)least.噢,真的吗?我以为他至少50岁了。‎ at the beginning of 在……初(开头),可指时间与空间。如:‎ at the beginning of term 在学期开始 at the beginning of the book 在那本书的开头 at the beginning 单独用时间at first,也可说in the beginning.‎ 比较:at the end of 在……末(尽头) at the end 在末尾处 in the end 最终,同at last in the middle of 在……中期 from beginning to end 从头至尾 at the doctor’s ‎ 该结构为介词+名词所有格,意为“在诊所”。所有格-’s后一般接名词,如her mother’s bike ,但有时这个名词可省略,主要表现在以下两个方面:‎ ‎①指一个企业,机构,教堂,学校,医院,家庭,理发店,店铺时。如:‎ She is at the hairdresser’s.‎ ‎②为了避免重复,省略-’s后的名词。如:‎ I have read some of Shaw’s plays,but none of Shakespeare’s.‎ at the last moment在最后关头 at the moment 此刻;正在那时 for a moment片刻;一会儿for the moment 目前,暂时in a moment立刻,马上 at the top of在……的顶部,上方 at the top of a mountain在山顶 She is (at)the top of her class in French.‎ at the top of one’s voice高声地,尖声地 at war 该介宾词组意思是“处于战争或交战状态”。在句中常作表语。如:‎ The U.S.A.and Iraq are at war again.‎ at, with, through表原因 三个介词都可表示原因,at表示听到或看到的原因;with表示人体外部的原因;through 强调自身的原因。如:be sad ‎ at the news听了这个消息而悲伤;be frightened at the sight看了那个情景而害怕;jump up with joy高兴地跳了起来;turn red with anger气得脸红;shake with cold/fear冻得/害怕得发抖;with pleasure高兴地;with pride 骄傲地;with satisfaction满意地;make the mistake through his carelessness由于粗心而出错;be put into prison through no fault of his own 没有任何罪过被关进监狱。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①听到这个消息,全国人民处于悲哀之中。‎ ‎②孩子们高兴地跳了起来。‎ ‎③由于大意他犯了这个错误。‎ Key:①At the news, the whole country was in deep sorrow.‎ ‎②The children jumped up with joy.‎ ‎③He made the mistake through his carelessness.‎ at work; out of work; after work 这三个以work为中心词的介词短语,在意思和用法上均不相同。‎ ‎(1)at work表示“在工作、在上班”,作表语或状语。例如:‎ They are both at work today.今天他们俩都在上班。‎ His father had an accident at work last week.上周的父亲在工作时出了事故。‎ ‎(2)out of work表示“失业”,是介词短语,相当于lost one’s job或be unemployed。例如:‎ If you don’t work hard, you’ll be out of work.如果你不好好工作就会失业。‎ You’ll be out of work if you keep coming late.如果你老是迟到,你会失业的。‎ ‎(3)after work表示“下班后”,作时间状语。例如:‎ What do you usually do after work?下班后你经常干什么?‎ I visited Mr Liu after work yesterday.昨天下班后我看望过刘先生。‎ ‎30.attempt ‎(1)n.尝试;企图。‎ ‎①He made an attempt to learn to ski.他尝试着学滑雪。‎ ‎②He failed in attempt at climbing up the mountain.他企图爬上这座山,却失败了。‎ ‎(2)vt.尝试;企图。‎ ‎①She attempted to learn Japanese.她试图学习日语。‎ ‎②The prisoner attempted an escape.那犯人企图逃走。‎ ‎31.keep out of = keep sth.(sb.)out of不使入内;不牵涉进去。‎ ‎①Warm clothing will keep the cold out.保暖的衣服可御寒。‎ ‎②Keep out of their quarrels.不要参与他们争吵。‎ attention 短语 pay attention to sth. 注意某事 ‎ draw one’s attention(to sth.) 引起某人的注意 be worth one’s attention 值得某人注意 bring one’s attention to sth. 叫某人注意某事 ‎32.average短语归纳 average 可用作名词,表示“平均数,一般水平”,也可作形容词,表示“平均的”。如:‎ the average of the pay 平均工资;above/below the average 平均以上/以下;‎ the average age of the girls姑娘的平均年龄;‎ the average temperature平均气温;‎ on(an,the)average平均起来 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①这个厂的工人平均每月收入700元。____ ______,one worker in this factory gets 700 yuan every month.‎ ‎②他的功课一般以上。He is_________ _________ in his lessons.‎ Key: ①On, average ②above, average awake,wake ‎①awake用作及物或不及物动词,表示“叫醒,唤醒;醒来”;而wake表示相同意义时,必须与up连用,对比:‎ The noise awoke me./The noise woke me up.‎ 嗓音把我闹醒。‎ She usually awakes at six in the morning./She usually wakes up at six in the morning.她通常早上6点醒。‎ 注意:awake 不与up连用;wake up 的宾语是人称代词时必须置于两个词之间。误:wake up him正:wake him up ‎②awake 还可用作形容词,只用作表语或后置定语,不能用作前置定语。其反义词是 asleep.如:‎ Is he awake or asleep?他睡着了还是醒着?‎ Anyone awake heard the sound.任何醒着的人都听到了那个声音。‎ 注意:wide/fully awake 完全醒着;sound/fast/deeply asleep熟睡 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他醒来时,他母亲在他的旁边。When he_______,his mother was beside him.‎ ‎②我彻夜未眠,一直在考虑这个问题。I have lain_______all night thinking of the problem.‎ ‎③他突然醒了,好象有人叫他的名字。He ______ _______suddenly,as if someone had called his name.‎ ‎④她睡着的时候谁也叫不醒他。No one can_______ _______ ________when she is asleep.‎ Key:①awoke ②awake ③woke up ④wake,her,up ‎33.battle, war, fight, struggle war指战争的总体;battle指war中的战斗或战役;fight指具体的人与人之间或动物之间的争斗;struggle指长时间、激烈的争斗,多指肉体、精神上的战斗。对比:‎ We have had two world wars in this century.本世纪已有两次世界大战。‎ They were wounded in the battle.他们在战斗中受了伤。‎ We have started a fight against pollution. 我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。‎ His life was a hard struggle with sickness.他一生跟疾病作了艰苦的斗争。‎ ‎[应用]英译汉 ‎①in time of war ②be at war ‎③declare war on… ④fight a battle ‎⑤give/offer battle ⑥have a hand-to-hand fight Key:①战时 ②交战,在打仗 ‎③对……宣战 ④打一仗 挑战 ‎⑤肉搏战 伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词 He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased.‎ 本句有三个并列谓语,looking 部分为伴随状语。‎ 例题 1)He held up his finger ,_______ a face and nodded his head.A.making B. made 答案:B.此题有and ,需连接并列结构,所填词的形式应与前后保持一致。‎ ‎2) He sat there in silence, _______sad and doing nothing.A. looking B. looked 答案:A.此题and 之后ing形式,其前面也应该用ing形式,而不能与前面的sat并列。‎ ‎3)He sat there in silence ,______ nothing.A.doing B.did 答案:A.此题才是在逗号之后,需要伴随状误。‎ ‎4)He set out early, ________ there on time .A.arriving B. and arrived 答案:B.此题两种选项从形式看都有可能,但根据意思看,“到达”并不伴随“出发”的动作,而是明显地有先有后。‎ ‎5)He made a smile, _____ with the result. A. satisfying B. satisfied 答案:B.伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词,此处表示“感到满意”的一种状态,而satisfying表示令人满意的,此时的satisfied是过去分词,而不是过去式。‎ ‎34.be about to do sth. 正要、即将做某事。是将来时的一种表达方式,表示最近的将来。‎ ‎①I was about to go to bed when he called.我正要去睡觉,这时他打来了电话。‎ ‎②When I saw Tom, he was about to get on the bus.我看到汤姆,他正要上汽车。‎ 注意:be about to 通常不用于带有具体时间状语的句子,但可用be going to 表示。‎ ‎①Hurry up! They are about to start.快点!他们就要走了。‎ ‎②Hurry up! They are going to start at 10 o’clock.快点!10点钟他们就要走了。‎ ‎35.be ahead of ‎ 该词组有两层意思,一是“优于”,“超过”;二是“比……早”,“在……的前面”。如:‎ He is well ahead of all the other students in English.‎ be angry with sb.生某人的气。‎ be angry at/about sth.因某事而生气。‎ ‎①Don’t be angry with me for my being late?不要因为我迟到而生我的气。‎ ‎②What are you angry about?你生什么气?‎ ‎③He was angry at being kept waiting for so long.让他等了这么久,他很生气。‎ ‎36.be certain…; be sure be uncertain about意思是“对……不确定(没把握)”‎ uncertain的词根是certain,意思是“确信的,有把握的”,常用于以下结构:‎ ‎(1)be certain(sure) to do sth.“肯定会做……”(表示某事将要发生)。如:‎ He is certain(sure) to come next Sunday.‎ ‎(2)be certain(sure) of/ about sth.“确信、有把握”(表示某个人的思想状态)。如:‎ We are certain/ sure of victory.‎ ‎(3)名词从句作主语时,一般多用certain.‎ It is certain that he will come.‎ ‎37.be different from与……不同 ‎ Your idea is different from mine. 你的想法和我的不同。‎ ‎ 对比:make sb./ sth. different from使某人/某物不同于……‎ ‎ Her special accent makes her different from others. 她特殊的口音使她与众不同。‎ ‎38.be familiar with,be familiar to be familiar with的主语是有生命的事,意为“某人对人、事熟悉”;be familiar to 的主语是无生命的事物,意为“某人/事为某人所熟悉”,对比:He is very familiar with the names of plants in English.他很熟悉植物的英语名称。Suzhou and Hangzhou are familiar to many foreigners.苏州和杭州为许多外国人所熟悉。‎ I’m not familiar with European history./European history is not familiar to me.我对欧洲历史不太熟悉。‎ 注意:be familiar with/to 还表示“精通、通晓”‎ 如:French is as familiar to him as English.他对法语就象对英语一样精通。‎ ‎[应用] 一句多译①这些事实是每个学生都熟悉的。②她精通4种语言。‎ Key:①These facts are familiar to every schoolboy./Every shoolboy is familiar with these facts.‎ ‎②She is familiar with four languages./Four languages are familiar to her.‎ ‎39.be filled with = be full of 充满,装满 如:‎ The bottle is filled with water .瓶子里装满了水。‎ 注意:Filled with courage , he went into the cave .此处filled 表示“充满了的”指处于一种状态。‎ 比较:be crowded with 挤满的,与be filled with 有所不同。如:‎ The room is crowded with guests.房间里挤满了客人。‎ 此外,fill作为动词可用其主动形式,亦可构成另外短语。如:‎ Fill the bottle with sand .把瓶子装满沙子。‎ Fill in the blanks .填空。‎ be full of…→be filled with…充满…‎ ‎①The classroom was full of students.教室里挤满了学生。‎ ‎②Her eyes were full of tears.她眼泪汪汪的。‎ ‎40.be likely to 易于……;有可能的. 后跟动词不定式,往往用在一时的情形。‎ I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat.如果今晚不穿大衣出去,我会感冒的。‎ ‎ Is that magazine likely to interest you? 那本杂志对你有吸引力吗?‎ be of…结构小结 ‎(1)be of +‎ ‎ 表示年龄(age)、大小(size)、颜色(color)、重量(weight)、高度(height)、价格(price)、意见(opinion)、形状(shape)、种类(kind)和方法(way)等名词,说明主语的特征,of表示“具有”之意,有时可省去。例如:‎ They are both of middle height.他俩都是中等个儿。‎ When I was of your age, I was a teacher.当我是你这个年龄时,我当老师了。‎ These flowers are of different colors.这些花朵颜色不同。‎ Tom is of a different way of thinking.汤姆的思维方式与别人不同。‎ 注意:此结构中,如果of后面的名词前有不定冠词a/an,则a/an=the same.例如:‎ The two boys are of an/the same age.这两个男孩同龄。‎ These bottles are of a/the same size.这些瓶子大小一样。‎ ‎(2)be of + 物质名词,表示主语是由某材料制成或某成分构成,相当于be made of, be built of或be made up of等。例如:‎ The necklace is(made)of glass.这项链是玻璃制的。‎ The bridge is (built)of stone.这桥是由石头构筑的。‎ Our class is (made up)of over 50 students. 我班有50多个学生。‎ ‎(3)be of + 抽象名词(如value, importance,use, help等),of表示“具有、具备”等意思,of不能省,这一结构相当于be+该抽象名词相应的形容词。例如:‎ They are of great help/ very helpful to learners of English.他们对英语学习者来说是很有帮助的。‎ In fact, sports and games can be of great value/very valuable.事实上体育运动是很有价值的。‎ The book is of no use/useless to us.这书对我们无用。‎ It is of great importance/very important to study English.学习英语很重要。‎ 因此,根据上述(1),(2)点可以看出,课文句中第一个be of 结构表示“具有”,第二个be of(承前省去be)表示“由……制成的”。全句汉语意思为:“硬币的大小、重量、形状可能各不相同,并由不同的金属制成。”‎ be on on 表明所处的状态,意为“为…工作,在……服务”可用be a member of, work for, belong to 替换。‎ I’m on the school team.我属于校队。‎ She is on Times newspaper.她在时代报社工作。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子,上下句同意 ‎①Which team do you belong to ?Which team______you_____?‎ ‎②She is a member of the city team.She______ ______ the city team.‎ Key: ①are,on ②is, on be out; put out be out 指“(灯、火)熄灭”,强调状态。 put out 意为“熄灭、扑灭” ,强调动作。如:‎ Is the fire out ?‎ Office workers tried to put out the fire, but it was impossible to control it.‎ be remembered as…作为……而被人们怀念 He will always be remembered as a national hero.‎ be seated 意为“坐下”(=sit down),是正式用语,而sit down是非正式用语。‎ 如:Please be seated, ladies and gentlemen.‎ be up to to是介词,后接名词、代词或动名词。这一短语有以下几个常用意思:‎ ‎(1)从事于、忙于,有时含有“密谋干坏事”之意。如:‎ What is he up to now?他现在在干什么?‎ He is up to no good.他没干好事。‎ ‎(2)由……负责,常用It作主语。如:‎ It’s up to you to decide whether to go or not.是去还是不去由你决定。‎ It’s up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应尽力帮助他们。‎ ‎(3)胜任、适于。如:‎ He is not up to his work.他不胜任他的工作。‎ ‎(4)直到、以至。如:‎ up to now 直到现在 Between the hours of midnight and ‎6 a.m.,the hurricane crossed the southeast corner of England with winds of up to ‎160km/h.从午夜时分到清晨6点之间,飓风横扫英格兰的东南角,风速高达每小时160公里。‎ because;because of 二者均表示“因为”,区别是:‎ because是从属连词引导原因状语从句;而because of是一个合成介词,其后接名词、代词、动名词或what从句组成介词短语。如:‎ I went back not because of the rain,but because I was tired.我回去不是因为下雨,而是因为我累了。‎ Her face turned red because of what he said.他的话使她脸红了。‎ become experienced at对……有经验 experienced adj.有经验的,老练的 be experienced in He’s very experienced in money matters.‎ experience n.经验,体验(in(of)/doing)‎ My father has ten year’s experience in teaching.‎ beeline n.两地之间的直线;捷径(指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房,这条路叫beeline)‎ ‎ (1)make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路;走直路;向……直行 ‎ As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.会议一结束,他就直接上了酒吧。‎ ‎ If you want to catch up with them, you’d better make a beeline for them.‎ ‎ 如果你想赶上他们,你最好抄近路去。‎ ‎ (2)in a beeline 成直线地,笔直地 ‎ The pupils went to the museum in a beeline. 孩子们直接走向博物馆。‎ believe in(=trust/trust in)信赖;信任;信仰 ‎ Tom is honest. I believe in him. 汤姆很诚实,我信赖他。‎ ‎ He doesn’t believe in anybody in the world. 在这个世界上,他不相信任何人。‎ ‎ We believe in socialism. 我们信仰社会主义。‎ ‎①We believe in Marxism.‎ ‎②You can believe in him.‎ ‎③We believe in our government.‎ ‎ 对比:believe sb.相信某人的话是真的。‎ I believe what he said this time though he often tells lies.尽管他经常撒谎,可这次我相信他的话是真的。‎ belong to属于 ‎ 无被动结构,也不用进行时态。下列单词和词组也无被动形式:appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out等。‎ The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。The book belongs to my deskmate.这本书是我同位的。‎ besides 作为副词,意思是“还有,而且”(moreover),常放在句首。如:‎ I don ‘t want to go out for a walk. Besides, I’m feeling tired.‎ beyond,prep.‎ ‎(场所)在(向)……的一边,越过……,(程度)超出;(时间),超过(Δ常用于否定句);除……之外,……以外。‎ ‎①Go about 200 metres beyond the house and you will find the hotel on the left.‎ ‎②I want to buy a bag beyond these clothes.‎ blow ‎ ①用作动词,表示“吹风,刮风”。如:‎ blow hard(strongly)风刮得很大;blow away the leaves吹走树叶;blow down(over)trees 把树刮倒;blow in much dust吹进灰尘;blow off one’s hat吹掉帽子;blow out the candle吹灭蜡烛;blow open(风吹)开;blow up爆炸 ‎②用作名词,表示“打击,一击”。如:be a great blow to sb.对某人是个巨大的打击;give sb.a heavy blow on the head重重地打某人的头。‎ ‎【应用】完成句子 ‎①他妻子之死对他是一大打击。His wife’s death was _______ _________ ________ ______him.‎ ‎②我那顶帽子被风吹掉了。I _______my hat __________ ___________. ‎ ‎③风刮得厉害,门吹开了。The wind was ________ __________ and the door ________.‎ ‎④战士们把敌人的大桥炸毁了。The soldiers __________ __________the enemy’s bridge.‎ Key:①a ,great, blow, to ②had, blown, off③blowing, hard, blew, open ④blew, up block ‎ ①用作名词,意为“块;街区;阻塞。”如:‎ a block of ice/stone/wood 一大块冰/石头/木头;two blocks两个街区;a block in traffic/a traffic block交通堵塞。‎ ‎②用作动词,表示“阻塞,阻拦”。如:‎ be blocked by the heavy snow被大雪堵塞,block the entrance 堵塞入口;Block!(路标)此路不通!‎ ‎【应用】完成句子 ‎①道路被人群挤得水泄不通。The road_______ _______with crowds of people.‎ ‎②那家旅馆同这里隔着两条街。The hotel is __________ _________ __________.‎ ‎③他们用石块将洞口堵住。They ________ (up)the entrance to the cave with big rocks.‎ ‎④有人在妨碍我们实施计划。Someone is _________our plan.‎ Key:①was, blocked ②two, blocks,away③blocked ④blocking 倍数的表示法 ‎1)…times as…as“……是……的几倍”;‎ Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲的大小是欧洲的4倍。‎ ‎2)…times +形容词/副词比较级+that:‎ The new building is four times higher than the old one.新楼比旧楼高4倍。‎ ‎3)…times+the size/height/length/depth+of…‎ The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.地球是月亮大小的49倍。‎ The ball is twice the width of our classroom.舞厅是我们教室宽度的2倍。‎ ‎4)…times+what从句:‎ The production now is three times what it was ten years ago.现在的生产是10年前的3倍。‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案 ‎①After the new technique was introduced,the factory ‎ produced_____tractors in 1988 as the year before.(MET’90)‎ A.as twice many B.as many twiceC.twice as many D.twice many as ‎②The population of China is_____than that of America.‎ A.larger five times B.five times larger C.five times as D.as five times Key:①C ②B begin(…)with…从……开始(…)‎ ‎①Knowledge begins with practice.知识来自实践。‎ ‎②Let’s begin(this unit) with the words and expressions.咱们从单词和短语开始学(这个单元)。‎ besides/except/but besides用作介词时,表示“除……以外还有”之意,即所除去的东西要包括在内。用作副词时,表示“此外,而且”‎ except表了“除……之外”所除去的东西不包括在内。‎ but只能用在no,all,nobody,anything,anywhere等词之后。‎ 如:Besides knowing some Greek,she was fluent in Italian.她除了懂些希腊语之外,意大利语也说得很流利。‎ Do you play other games besides tennis?除网球之外,你还进行其他的运动吗?‎ It wasn’t a good hotel;besides,it was very expensive.这不是一家好旅馆,况且房价也很贵。‎ Harrison had thought of everything except the weather.哈利森什么事情都考虑到了,惟独没有考虑到天气。‎ Under the soil there is nothing except/but sand.土壤下面只有沙子。‎ 比较级 + and + 比较级 more and more countries 越来越多的国家;fewer and fewer students越来越少的学生;less and less time ‎ 越来越少的时间;more and more beautiful越来越漂亮;get thinner and thinner 变得越来越瘦;fly higher and higher 飞得越来越高;run more and more slowly跑得越来越慢,become stronger and stronger 越来越强大;‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①越来越多的人认识到学好一门外语的重要性。‎ ‎②飞机飞得越来越高直到看不见了。‎ Key:‎ ‎①More and more people realize the importance of learning a foreigh language well.‎ ‎②The plane flew higher and higher until it was out of sight.‎ 表示“大约”‎ about,around,some,or so均可来表示“大约”。前三个词通常放在被修饰成分之前,而or so多置于其后。如:‎ about one hundred students大约100名学生;‎ at around eight o’cloch在大约八点钟;‎ some twenty years ago 大约二十年前;‎ ‎[应用]一句多用:这件设备重10吨左右。‎ Key:This piece of equipment weighs some 10 tons.‎ ‎ This piece of equipment weighs 10 tons or so.‎ ‎ This piece of equipment weighs about (around)10 tons.‎ 表示“决心、决定做”的几个用法 ‎1)decide to do 决定做 We decided to put off the trip to the U.S.我们决定推迟美国之行。‎ ‎2)make a decision to do :‎ He has made a decision to buy a new computer.他已决定买一台新电脑。‎ ‎3)make up one’s mind to do ‎ The doctor made up his mind to go abroad for further education. 那位医生决定出国深造。‎ ‎4)determine to do ‎ We have determined to get the work done before National Day.我们已决定国庆节前完成这项工作。‎ ‎5)be determined to do ‎ He is determined to give up smoking.他决心戒烟。‎ ‎6)decide that……(从句中动词用should + 动词原形) ‎ We decided that we should widen the road.我们决定拓宽这条路。‎ ‎[应用]一句多译:这位年轻科学家决心继续自己的研究。‎ Key:‎ The young scientist was determined to go on with his ‎ research./He determined to go on with his research./He ‎ decided that he should go on with his research./He made up ‎ his mind to go on with his research./He made a decision to go on with his research./He decided to go on with his research.‎ 表示“宁愿、想要某人做某事”‎ 下列句型均可表示“宁愿、想让某人作某事”:would like sb.to do sth.;would prefer sb.to do sth.;like sb.to do sth;want sb.to do sth.;would rather that sb.did sth.‎ 对比:would like/love to do sth.喜欢、宁愿做某事;prefer to do sth.宁愿做;would rather do sth.宁愿做;would like/love not to do sth.不想做;would rather not do sth.宁愿不做……;prefer not to do sth.不想做;would rather do sth.than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事;p11refer to do sth.rather than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事。‎ ‎[应用]①一句多译 我想让我儿子学医。②选择正确的答案 Little Jim should love_______to the theatre this evening. (MET’92)‎ A.to be taken B.to take C.being taken D.taking Key:‎ I would like my son to study medicine./I’d love my son to ‎ study medicine,/ I would rather that my son studied medicine./ I like my son to study medicine./I want my son to study medicine./I would rather that my son studied medicine.‎ ‎②A 表示态度、语气的短语归纳 generally speaking一般说来;strictly speaking严格说来;honestly speaking诚实地说来;personally speaking就我个人而言;exactly speaking准确地说来。to tell you the truth说实话;to be honest老实说;believe it or not信不信由你;judging from his appearance从他的相貌来说 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①严格说来,加拿大英语和美国英语并不完全一样。_____ ____,Canadian English is not just the same as ‎ American English.‎ ‎②老实说我不赞同你的想法。_______ _______ ________,I can’t agree to your idea.‎ ‎③一般地说,青年人喜欢流行音乐。___________,young people enjoy pop music.‎ Key:①Strictly,speaking②To,be,honest③Generally, speaking 表示“没必要做某事”的4种 句型 ‎ ①There be no need(for sb.) to do sth.‎ ‎②It be not necessary(for sb.)to do sth.‎ ‎③主语+don’t/ doesn’t/ didn’t have to do sth.‎ ‎④主语+needn’t+动词原形 ‎[应用]一句多译:我们没有必要再等了。‎ Key:There is no need for us to wait.‎ ‎ It’s not necessary for us to wait.‎ ‎ We don’t have to wait.‎ ‎ We need not wait.‎ 表示“祝愿”的几种句型 ‎ ①名词短语(+to you):Happy birthday to you! 祝你生日快乐。‎ Best wishes for Teachers’Day.祝教师节愉快。‎ ‎②All the best.祝万事如意。‎ All the best with your family.祝全家好。‎ All the best in your study/business.祝你学习/事业顺利。‎ ‎③主语+wish+sb.+名词/形容词 I wish you happy.我祝你幸福。‎ We wish you greater progres.我们祝你取得更大进步。‎ ‎④I hope+that 从句:‎ I hope you’ll enjoy being with us.我们希望你和我们在一起很高兴。‎ ‎⑤部分祈使句也可表祝愿:‎ Remember me to your family.代我向你全家问好。‎ Send best wishes to him.向他问好。‎ break 小结 break 一词常用搭配有:‎ ‎(1)break out(战争、火灾、争吵、瘟疫等)爆发 A big fire broke out in the city last week.‎ ‎(2)break away from 脱离 A carriage(车厢)broke away from the train.‎ ‎(3)break the law 违反法律 Who breaks the law will be punished by the law.‎ ‎(4)break in 破门而入;打断 He broke in to say that he was not interested in what I was talking about.‎ ‎(5)break down 损坏;中断 Her fridge has broken down for a long time.‎ ‎(6)break off 打断;结束;暂停 They were arguing(争论)but broke off when someone came into the room.‎ ‎(7)break into闯入;侵入 Thieves broke into my house when I was out.‎ break off 该短语动词的意思是“中断说话”,“暂时停止”。如:‎ He broke off in the middle of a sentence.‎ break sth.off/break off sth. with sb.‎ 前者意为“(使)折断”,后者意为“与某人突然断绝(关系)”。如:‎ The mast broke off /was broken off when the ship was moving.‎ break out(战争、火灾、疾病、瘟疫等的)爆发 ‎①The American Civil War broke out in 1861.‎ ‎②Fire broke out in the neighbour last night.‎ break out in (into)…忽然(做出)……‎ break out in laughter突然放声大笑 break in (强盗等)强行闯入 break into闯入;打碎(打破)成……‎ break up 分开,分割 bring短语归纳 bring down(风)刮倒,降低(降落);bring up 养大,呕吐;bring about带来,引起;bring along捎来,带来,bring back 归还;bring out 拿出;bring in 赚(钱),带进,传入;bring on 端上(饭菜),引起(火灾),使……成长;‎ ‎[应用]副词填空 ‎①He felt terribly ill and brought ______ what he ate.‎ ‎②Surely the new railway will bring __ many changes in this less developed area.‎ ‎③Next time you come to China, be sure to bring ______your friends.‎ ‎④All the library books must be brought_______ before June20.‎ ‎⑤Selling newspapers brings ______ enough money for my schooling.‎ ‎⑥Enough water can bring the rice _______ .‎ Key: ①up ②about ③along ④back ⑤in ⑥on bring/take/fetch(get)/carry ‎①bring向着说话人的地方“带来;拿来”。‎ ‎②take由说话人的地方“带走;拿去”。‎ ‎③fetch(get)由说话人的地方“去拿来、带来”,指往返双程。‎ ‎④carry“携带;搬运;运送”,无方向性。‎ bring in 把……拿进来;收获;赚入……;获利 They bring in one million dollars a year from their new company.‎ broadcast vt.;vi.广播;播放。过去式和过去分词均为broadcast。‎ ‎①The BBC broadcasts every day.BBC每天都广播。‎ ‎②The news was broadcast on the radio.这个消息是收音机里播送的。‎ burst into tears 该动宾短语,理解的重点是不及物动词burst的意思及其分词或副词连用的结构形式和意思。‎ burst是及物动词或不及物动词,意为“(使)爆破”,“胀破”。如:‎ ‎①He put too much air into the balloon and it burst.‎ ‎②The funny joke made the children burst their sides with laughing.‎ burst由原意引伸出表示空发性的动作,意为“突然发生”,“突然发作”。常构成一些短语,如:‎ burst into tears/laughter(突然大哭/大笑)‎ burst into song(突然唱起歌来)‎ burst into angry speech(大发雷庭)‎ burst into bloom(开花)‎ burst into view/sight(景象,奇观的)突然出现 burst into the room(闯入房间)‎ burst out/forth laughing(捧腹大笑)‎ burst out/forth crying(突然大哭)‎ 如:On hearing the sad news, she burst into tears.‎ Busy be busy doing sth.‎ 该结构意为“忙于做某事”。应注意的是be busy 后只能接动词-ing形式,不能接动词不定式to do,相同结构的形容词还有worth。如:‎ ‎①He is busy writing his composition.‎ ‎②She keeps busy working on a new novel these weeks.‎ ‎③This book is well worth seeing.‎ but prep. 除…之外。与except同义,除了的部分与其他部分不在一个范围内,不具有一致性。except适用场合较多,but 主要用于带有nothing/nobody/no one/all 等不定代词的句子。‎ ‎①No one except/but you was late.除你之外没有迟到。(你迟到了)‎ ‎②We all went to see a film yesterday evening except/but you.除你之外作天晚上我们都去看电影了。(你没去)‎ ‎③That window is open except in winter .除冬天外那窗户一直开着。(冬天不开)另外,but后可接不不定式。如果句子前面有实义动词do及其变化形式时,不定式不带to; 否则不定式带to .‎ ‎①I did nothing yesterday evening but watch TV.昨天晚上除看电视外我什么也没干。‎ ‎②He had no choice but to leave.他只得离开。‎ 注意:besides 也是介词,意为“除……之外(还有)”。除了的部分和其他部分在同一个范围内,具有一致性。‎ ‎①We all went to see a film yesterday evening besides you.除你之外昨天晚上我们也都去看电影了。(你和我们都去了)‎ ‎②Who is going there with Tom besides you? 除你之外还有谁和汤姆一起去?‎ but for 该短语介词意为“要不是……”,后接名词(=without + n.),but for…短语相当于一个虚拟条件句,因此,句中谓语动词用虚拟语气。如:‎ The boy would have drowned but for your help.‎ 如果接的是句子,but for要换用成but that… 如:‎ ‎ He would have helped us but that he was short of money at the time.(= if it had not been the fact that he was…)‎ by prep. 乘……。用来表示方式,其后的名词为单数,且不加冠词。‎ 例如 by bike/bus/ car /taxi/train//road/railway/land/boat/ship/ water/ sea/‎ 但:“步行”用on foot.‎ 注意:若表示交通工具的名词前有限定词,则将by 改作in 或on.‎ in one’s/the car/ bus/plane etc. on the bike by name 该介宾词组的意思是“名叫……”;“凭名字”。如:‎ ‎①He met a man, John by name.‎ ‎②I knew him only by name.‎ by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻 ‎ 介词by有许多含义,在此处意为“通过”,相当于through。‎ ‎ He left by the first train.‎ ‎ 他乘第一次列车离开了。‎ The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。‎ by the age of/at the age of,by到……时为止。表示的是一段时间,句子通常用完成时态。‎ at在……时候。表示的是具体时间点,句子通常用一般时态。‎ ‎①By the age of ten,he had learned to play the piano.10岁的时候,他就学会了弹钢琴。‎ ‎②He was very clever.and at the age of 15 he went to college.他非常聪明,15岁时上大学了。‎ ‎③By the end of this term,we’ll have learned 2019 English words.到本学期末,我们将学会2019个英语单词。‎ ‎④At the end of this term,we’ll hold an English party.在本学期末,我们 将举行一次英语晚会.‎ call 短语 动词.call所构成的短语很多,现将在中学课上的常出现的由call所构成短语的意义和用法列出。‎ ‎(1)call at 指短期访问某地:顺便去某处。‎ We called at the park when we stayed in the city. 我们在那个城市时顺便去了那个公园。‎ ‎(2)call on的意思“正式拜访某人”;此外,它还有“号召”之意。如:‎ They called on the famous scientist.他们拜访了那个著名科学家。‎ The Party calls on us to learn from Comrade Lei Feng.党号召我们向雷锋同志学习。‎ ‎(3)call to“大声呼唤、招呼、呼求”。如:‎ They called to us for help. 他们向我们呼求援助。‎ ‎(4)call for可作“要求、需要、提倡”,还可作“邀约”解。如:‎ This is a problem that calls for immediate solution.这是个要求立即解决的问题。‎ I’ll call for you then and we go there together.到时我来叫你,我们一起去哪儿。‎ ‎(5)call in有“召来、召请、召进”之意。‎ You’d better call in a doctor.你最好请一位医生来。‎ ‎(6)此外,call back有“叫回来、收回”之意;call off有“叫出去、叫走”之意;call after可作“追在后面叫喊”和“以某人的名字命名”之意。‎ can/may/must表推测的用法 can, may, must等都可用于表推测,但它们的含义和用法不同。‎ must语气最肯定,指“一定、必定”,只用于肯定句中。“must+动词原形”表示对现在情况的推测;“must + have + done ”表示对过去情况的推测。如:‎ Mum must be cooking supper now.妈妈现在一定在做晚饭。‎ He must have finished his work.他一定完成他的工作了。‎ May/might表示“或许,可能”。如:‎ Tom may go abroad next year.汤姆明年可能要出国。‎ She might have finished the work.她可能已完成这项工作了。‎ He can’t know the answer.他不可能知道这个答案。‎ can/could表示“可能,会”,我用于否定和疑问句中。如:‎ Could she he at home?她可能在家吗?‎ can,表示一时的情况,意为“有时侯会……”。‎ can的这种用法,只用在肯定句中。如:‎ Children are lovely, but they can be tiring.‎ ‎ Training by yourself in a game can be highly dangerous.‎ carry短语归纳 carry away拿走,带走;carry on(with)one’s work继续工作;carry on a struggle/fight 开展斗争;carry on a big business经营大生意;carry out a plan/order/promise/instructions/one’s duty/an experiment/advices/tests执行计划/执行命令/履行诺言/执行指示/履行职责/做实验/按建议办/进行试验;be carried up into space被发射升空。‎ ‎[应用]介、副词填空 ‎①It’s often easier to make plans than it is to carry them______.‎ ‎②Let’s stop here. We’ll carry________ the conversation tomorrow.‎ ‎③Carry the baby _______. It’s dangerous here.‎ ‎④Rising costs made it hard to carry ________ the business.‎ ‎⑤They decided to carry ________ though the weather was bad.‎ Key:①out ②on ③away ④on ⑤on carry out 搬出;进行,实行,执行 ‎ ①Would you please carry the chairs out?‎ The plan should be carried out at once.‎ ‎ It was important to carry out the work quickly.赶快进行这些工作是重要的。‎ ‎ He did not carry out his promise to us. 对我们他没有实现他的诺言。‎ ‎ 用out构成的短语:look out向外看,小心work out算出来,实行。‎ ‎ leave out遗漏,忽视 take/bring out拿出来 thinking out想出 hold out伸出,支持,抵抗到底 case用法小结 ‎(1)名词case的词意 ‎①意为“情形、情况”。‎ If that’s the case, you’ll have to work much harder.如果是那种情形的话,你将不得不更加努力地工作。‎ ‎②意为“病例、案例”。‎ There were seven cases of cholera.有7起霍乱的病例。‎ The civil case will be heard in court next week. 这一案件将于下星期审理。‎ ‎③意为“箱、盒、容器”。‎ John bought a case of beer.约翰买了一箱啤酒。‎ ‎(2)由case构成的短语 ‎①in case意为“因为可能发生某事、以防万一”,是介词短语,在句中作状语,常可置于句尾;也可用做连词,后跟that从句(that常省略),表示条件或目的,从句谓语习惯用should+动词原形(should常省略)或陈述语气。‎ It may rain—you’d better take an umbrella(just)in case(it does).可能下雨——你最好带把雨伞,以防万一。‎ In case(=If)he arrives before I get back, please ask him to wait.‎ 如果他在我回来之前到,请让他等一下。‎ He doesn’t dare to leave the house in case(that)he should be recognized.他不敢出门,生怕被认出来。‎ ‎②in that case意为“既然那样、假若是那样的话”,用来承接上文。‎ In that case, you wouldn’t have a pan on fire. You’d have a house on fire!‎ 要是那样,你就不光使锅着火,你还会把房子烧起来。‎ You don’t like the job? In that case why don’t you leave?你不喜欢这份工作?那你怎么不辞掉呢?‎ He may be late. In that case we ought to wait for him.他可能迟到,因此我们应该等他。‎ ‎③in any case意为“无论如何、总之”。‎ We have to help him to pay the debt in case.我们无论如何要帮他还债。‎ ‎④in no case意为“在任何情形下决不、无论如何都不”,用于句首时句子要进行部分倒装。‎ In no case shall I forget the expression on her face.我决不会忘记她脸上的表情。‎ ‎⑤in case of sth.意为“若发生某事、如果、假如”,是短语介词,后接名词、代词、 -ing形式作宾语。‎ In case of fire, ring the alarm bell.遇火警时立即按警铃。‎ In case of rain(=In case it rains),they can’t go.要是下雨,他们就走不了了。‎ In case of his being absent, we’ll put off the meeting till next week.如果他缺席,我们就会把会议推迟到下周。‎ ‎⑥in the case of意为“至于、就……来说”,是短语介词。‎ In the case of your debt, I’ll pay it off for you.至于你的欠款,我会替你还清的。‎ catch fire; on fire catch fire 意为“着火”,表示动作。on fire 意为“着火、在燃烧”,表示状态。如:‎ Suddenly a pan of oil catches fire.‎ Soon the whole floor was on fire and it was impossible for people on the floors above to escape.‎ cause n.(大家为之奋斗的)事业 ‎ Helping the poor is a worthy cause. 帮助穷人是一项有价值的事业。‎ ‎ World peace is the cause he works for. 世界和平是他为之奋斗的事业。‎ ‎ cause v.导致,引起 ‎ 1)接名词:cause an accident/trouble/death/a fire/a serious illness/damage引起事故/惹麻烦/导致死亡/引起大火/导致重病/造成损害 ‎2)接双宾语:cause sb.pain/trouble/damage给某人带来痛苦/麻烦/损害 ‎3)接复合宾语:cuase sb. to do sth使某人做某事 The sound caused me to jump back. 那声音吓得我向后退。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①什么使她改变了计划?‎ What _______ _______ ______ _______her plan?‎ ‎②地震使所有的楼房倒塌了。‎ The earthquake ________ all the buildings ________ _______.‎ Key:①caused,her,to,change ②cuased,to,fall certain某(些),仅作形容词用法。‎ ‎①He didn’t come for a certain reason.‎ ‎②A certain person called on me yesterday.‎ ‎③She will do it on certain conditions.‎ some 也可以作此意讲,但前面无冠词 ‎①He is living at some place in East Africa.‎ ‎②I’ve read that story before in some book of other.‎ chance ‎ 1)用于短语:‎ give sb.a chance给某人一次机会;‎ have a chance to do sth.有机会做;‎ miss a chance错过机会;‎ lose a chance失去机会;‎ ‎2)用于句型:‎ The chance is that…/ The chances are that…表示“有可能……”(句型中的The和That 可省略)。如:‎ The chance is (that)she’s already heard the news.‎ 可能她已听到那则消息了。‎ Chances are that the new machine will arrive tomorrow.‎ 新机器可能明天到。‎ ‎3)后接of 或that从句表示“可能性”。如:‎ He has no chance of winning the match.他不可能赢得这次比赛。‎ There is a chance that I will see him.我有可能见到他。‎ ‎[应用]一句多译:‎ 那里有可能藏着蛇。‎ The chances are that there is a snake over there.‎ There is a chance of a snake hiding there.‎ There is a chance that a snake is over there.‎ change one’s mind 该动宾词组意为“改变主意”,其中mind常用单数形式。如:‎ If one always change one’s mind, he succeeds in nothing.‎ check out清点;结账;核实;检查;开票提款 ‎ Ask him to check the information out for us.请他为我们核实一下信息。‎ ‎ We’d better check the whole room out in case it has been bugged .‎ ‎ 我们最好检查一下整个房间以免有蛀虫。‎ ‎ The trainees checked out all right.‎ ‎ 这些培训学员完全合格。‎ She checked out 6000 dollars.她提款6000美元。‎ come true成为现实、实现 表示变化过程的系动词有:become,get,turn,而be表状态 区别:①He became(get,turned)angry when hearing the news.听到那消息他生气了。(从不……到生气)‎ ‎②He was angry, because he heard some bad news.‎ 他生气是因为听到不好的消息。‎ 常用的单位量词 a piece of diary一则日记;a sheet of paper 一张纸;a suit ‎ of clothes一套服装;an article of clothing一件衣服;a crowd ‎ of people一群人;a basin of water 一盆水;a block of wood一块木头;a cake of soap 一块肥皂;a bottle of ink一瓶墨水;a grain of sand 一粒沙子;a group of tall trees 一片高树;a team of players一队运动员;a copy of China Youth 一分《中国青年》;a drop of oil 一滴油;a loaf of bread一块面包;a pack of cigarettes一包烟;a pair of socks一双短袜;a tin of beer一罐啤酒;a set of equipment一套设备;a bucket of water一桶水;a couple of eggs两个鸡蛋;a pile of old books 一堆旧书;a bowl of rice 一碗米饭;a handful of sand一把(少量的)沙 注意:上述单位量词本身具有复数形式,亦可被具体数字修饰,句中的谓语多用复数形式。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①搬家时成堆的旧书被卖掉。‎ ‎②三条重要新闻刊登在头版。‎ Key:①Piles of old books were sold when we moved.‎ ‎②Three pieces of important news were printed in the front page.‎ 常用合成形容词构成形式;‎ ‎ (1) adj+n.+ed:cold-blooded冷血的middle-aged中年的simple-minded头脑简单的,纯朴的 ‎ The white-haired girl was named Xi’er.‎ ‎ 那个白毛女叫喜儿。‎ ‎ The milddle-aged woman is warm-hearted and is always willing to help others.‎ ‎ 那位中年妇女是个热心肠,总是乐意助人 ‎ (2) n. +pres.p.(现在分词):English-speaking说英语的man-eating吃人的 ‎ (3) n. + adj:snow-white雪白的world-famous世界闻名的 ‎ (4)num.(数词)+n.+ed:four-legged四条腿的nine-storeyed九层的 ‎ (5) n.+ past p.(过去分词):man-made人造的 ‎ (6) adj.+ pres. p.:good-looking好看的 ‎ (7) adv. + past. P. :well-known著名的 chief/ main 两者都有“主要的”、“首要的”之意,但有区别。‎ chief 主要用于人,表示“为首的,有最高地位或权力的”。‎ main一般说明事与物,可指某些具体的或抽象的东西。如: ‎ He is the chief policeman. 他是警长。‎ This is our main teaching building. 这是我们的主教学楼。‎ clear ‎ (1)用作形容词,表示“清楚的,明白的”。如:‎ in a clear voice以清楚的声音;‎ be clear about sth.对……清楚,明白;‎ be clear to sb.对某人来说很清楚;‎ make one’s meaning clear 说明自己的意思;‎ 注意两个句型:A:make it clear that…声明,说明;B.It’s (was)clear that…很明显(清楚)……。‎ ‎(2)用作动词,表示“清除,清理,使干净”。如:‎ clear one’s room/a table/a street/the desk 整理房间/收拾桌子/清扫大街/整理书桌;‎ clear away the dishes/waste把餐碟收走/把垃圾清除 ‎(3)clear up 的三个意义:‎ A.表示“清理,收拾,解决”。如:‎ The dustmen were busy clearing up the snow on the road.‎ 清洁工正在清除路上的积雪。‎ This book has cleared up many problems for me.‎ 这本书给我解决了许多难题。‎ B.表示“(天气)转晴”。如:‎ It’s snowing now, but I think it will clear up soon.‎ 现在正在下雨,但是我想天气很快会晴的。‎ C.表示“露出喜悦的心情”。如:‎ Her face cleared up as she read the letter.‎ 她看信的时候面露喜色。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她对下一步干什么十分清楚。‎ She is _________ _________what to do next.‎ ‎②很清楚敌人是不会放弃他们的计划的。‎ ‎________ _______ _______that the enemy wouldn’t give up their plan.‎ ‎③他明确表示他要离职。‎ He _________ _________ ________that he would leave office.‎ ‎④在离开办公室以前,请把你的桌子整理一下。‎ ‎_________ ________your desk before you leave the office.‎ Key:①clear,about ②It, is, clear  ③make , it clear ④Clear,up clear up(天气)放晴,使明了,收拾整理,解决,了结 ‎ The sky cleared up just after the rain. 雨过天晴。‎ ‎ Don’t expect me to clear up after you. 别期望我在你后面收拾东西。(收拾不要的东西)‎ ‎ The police haven’t cleared up the murder case. 警察还没查清那件谋杀案。‎ ‎ His face cleared up as she heard the news.(引申义) 听到这个消息她脸上露出喜悦之情。‎ ‎ 对比:clean up打扫干净,整理,获利,赚钱 ‎ The students cleaned up the classroom after class.(打扫干净) 下课后学生们打扫教室。‎ cloth; clothes; dress cloth指做衣服等用的“衣料、布”。一般作不可数名词。如:‎ I put a piece of wet cloth around my face and lay on the floor for about two hours.‎ 注:用于表达特殊用途的布,如“桌布、抹布”等时,cloth用做可数名词。如:‎ He washed a table cloth just now.‎ clothes意为“衣服”,总是以复数形式出现,泛指身上穿的各部分衣着,包括上衣、裤子、内衣、背心等。如:Look at these clothes. They are on Mrs Green’s clothes line.‎ 注意:‎ ‎(1)“一件衣服”不可说 a clothes, 应说 an article of clothing;“一套衣服”可说a suit(set) of clothes.‎ ‎(2)clothes 前不可直接用数词修饰,如不可说three clothes.‎ ‎(3)clothes 前可用these, those, the, many, few修饰,口语中可用much, little修饰。‎ ‎(4)chothes作主语时,谓语动词只能用复数形式。‎ dress 可用于可数和不可数名词,用于可数名词时,常指妇女、儿童服装、内衣或外衣等公共场合穿的衣服。用于不可数名词时,统指“衣服”。该词可作动词,意为“给……穿衣”。如:‎ What colour is Mrs Green’s dress?‎ He could not wash himself or get dressed.‎ combine; connect; join; unite 此组动词意为“联合、连接”。‎ combine意为“结合、联合”,指为了某一目的而把两事物结合在一起。如:‎ We must combine theory with practice.我们必须把理论和实践联系起来。‎ He combines botany with chemistry.他把植物学和化学联系起来了。‎ connect“连接”,指用东西把两事物连接在一起,或两事物直接相连,二者仍保持原状。‎ The two cities are connected by a railway. 两座城市由铁路相连。‎ He connected the gas stove with gas pipe.他把煤气和接在煤气炉上。‎ join意为“连接”,指以线、绳、桥等把两物或两地连接在一起,和connect意思相近,也可指两物互相紧密相接。如:‎ We had better join the island to the mainland with a steel bridge.我们最好建一座钢筋桥把这个岛与大陆连接起来。‎ Where does this stream join the Changjiang River?这条河和长江在哪里会合?‎ unite意为“联合”,指两种以上的事物结合为一体,有合二为一的意味,强调结合后的统一性。‎ The two companies will unite into one.这两家公司将合并成一家。‎ The whole family united to help him.全家齐心协力帮助他。‎ come about: happen 产生;发生。相当于不及物动词,和happen, take place一样无被动语态。‎ ‎①How did this accident come about ?这事故怎么发生的?‎ ‎②I don’t know how the quarrel came about.我不知道怎么发生的争吵。‎ come across=meet with(meet…by chance/accident)无意中碰到,找到,想到 ‎ Perhaps I shall come across him somewhere in the park.‎ ‎ 也许我会在公园的某个地方遇到他。‎ ‎ He came suddenly across an idea.‎ ‎ 他突然有了一个好主意。‎ come down下来,流传下来,倒塌,没落,病倒,减价 ‎ The song comes down to us from the 10th century.(流传下来)‎ ‎ 这首歌是从10世纪流传到我们这一代的。‎ ‎ The roof of the house came down during the night.‎ ‎ 我听说计算机要降价。‎ come out ‎(1)come out(= be published)出来;出版 I’ll let you have a copy of my book as soon as it comes out.我的书一出版我就送你一本。‎ ‎(2)come out (= to bloom)长出;发芽;开花;(使)开花;(使)繁盛 Spring comes, the trees turn green and flowers come out.春天来了,树变绿了,花儿开了。‎ ‎(3)come out (= to appear)出现;出来 Ever since then, the bat comes out only at night.从那时起,蝙幅只在晚上出来。‎ ‎(4)come out(= to win…)获得(名次)‎ I came out first in the examination.我考试得了第一名。‎ ‎(5)come out(= to become known)传出,公之于众;(秘密)泄露 The truth will come out some day.总有一天会真相大白的。‎ ‎(6)come out (= to be seen, as in a photograph)(在相片等中)显示;被看见 Mary always comes out well in photos.玛丽总是很上相。‎ ‎(7)come out (= to be developed)冲印;冲洗 The boss said that the photos had been come out for a long time.老板说照片已经冲印出来很久了。‎ ‎(8)come out (= to be removed; disappear)去掉;消失 Would you please help me to make the ink in my shirt come out?你能帮我把衬衣上的墨水渍去掉吗?‎ ‎(9)come out (to be on strike; to refuse to work)罢工 The workers came out for a pay raise.工人们为增加工资而罢工。‎ ‎(10)come out (= to end in the stated way)后来发现;结果是 The answer to the question came out wrong.这个问题的答案后来发现是错误的。‎ ‎(11)come out (= to express clearly)(意思)表达清楚 The meaning of his speech did not come out well.他讲话的意思不很清楚。‎ ‎(12)come out (= to be counted)算出来;总计 The total expense(花费)comes out at 5000 yuan.总开支达五千元。‎ come to light 发现,暴露(= be discovered / exposed /found out / be brought to light)‎ ‎ Much more new evidence has come to light(has been discovered/has been exposed/has been brought to light),so the judges have to sentence the man to death.‎ ‎ 新的证据不断被发现,所以法官们不得不判这个人死刑。‎ ‎ When the old woman died, it came to light that she was actually very rich.‎ ‎ 老太婆死后,人们才发现她其实很富有。‎ common adj.共同的;一般的;公共的 A great interest in music was common to them.他们对音乐都有共同的强列的兴趣。‎ The common people in those days suffered a lot.当时一般民众生活都很苦。‎ We work for the common good.我们为了公共利益而工作。‎ common ,ordinary 二者都有“普通的,平常的”的意思,但侧重点不同。ordinary侧重表示“外表平凡,平平常常”;而common指“普遍存在,经常碰到”。对比:‎ in ordinary dress穿着平常的衣服;‎ in an ordinary way以通常的方式;‎ an ordinary – looking man相貌平常的人;‎ an ordinary event平常的一件事;‎ common excuse常用的借口;‎ common knowledge常识;common people普通人,老百姓;‎ have a bathroom in common合用洗澡间。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①那是一首普通的舞曲。It was a piece of______dance music.‎ ‎②这种天气在南方是很常见的。This sort of weather is quite _________in the south.‎ ‎③这弟兄两个没有什么共同之处。These two brothers have nothing ________ _________.‎ Key:①ordinary ②common ③in common communicate v. (1)vt.传达,传送,传染 ‎ communicate information/feelings/news…to sb.把信息、感情、消息……传递/传达给某人 ‎ I’ll communicate the news to you directly. 我会直接把消息传达给你。‎ ‎ (2)vi.通讯,通话 ‎ communicate with sb.(by)用……与某人联络/沟通 ‎ We communicate with each other by telephone/letter. 我们用电话/信件彼此沟通。‎ ‎ 拓展:communication n.[u]通讯[c]消息pl.通讯系统 ‎ Radio and television are important means of communication. 收音机和电视机是信息交流的重要工具。‎ ‎ Communications satellite helps the human a lot in many ways . 通讯卫星在很多方面对人类有很大的帮助。‎ complete, finish 二个词都有“完成”之意,但complete更突出使一切完备、没有欠缺、多指完成工程、设计等。而finish是一般用语。常用短语有:complete the work完成工作;complete the new railway 修完铁路;complete one’s collection of stamps完备集邮;finish one’s homework/middle school/writing the article 完成作业/中学毕业/写完文章。‎ 注意:complete还可用作形容词,意为“完全的,彻底的、完成了的”。completely 是副词,“完全地、彻底地”。如:a complete sentence/strange/success/failure完整的句子/完全陌生/完全成功/彻底的失败。This job is completely new to me.这项工作对我来说是完全陌生的。‎ ‎[应用]单句改错 ‎①You have to finish to read the whole passage in five minutes.‎ ‎②Professor Smith has been complete successful in working out the problem.‎ Key:①改to read为reading,因为finish后只能接动名词。②改complete为completely。‎ congratulate v. 祝贺,庆贺 ‎ 常用短语:congratulate sb. on / upon sth. / doing sth.为某事向某人祝贺 ‎ congratulate oneself that…因……而自己庆幸 ‎ congratulations常用于祝贺语,后可接on,也可单独用。‎ ‎ I’d like to congratulate you on your success.‎ ‎ 对你的成功我表示祝贺。‎ ‎ I’d like to offer my congratulations on your success. 对你的成功我表示祝贺。‎ ‎ You really should congratulate yourself on your appearance. ‎ ‎(= You really should congratulate that you are so handsome.) 你真该为自己的外表而庆幸。‎ ‎ 对比:celebrate sth.庆贺某事 ‎ We’ll celebrate the New Year with a dance party. 我们将举行跳舞晚会以庆贺新年。‎ ‎ 拓展:in celebration of… 庆祝…… hold a celebration举行庆祝(会)‎ congratulate, congratulations ‎ ①congratulate是动词,作“祝贺、庆祝”解时,必须以被祝贺的人作宾语,构成:congratulate sb. on sth./doing sth.表示“祝贺某人……”。另外:congratulate oneself表示“庆幸,感到幸运”。如:‎ We congratulated him on his success/his having succeeded.‎ 我们祝贺他的成功。‎ I congratulated myself on having escaped unhurt.‎ 我因自己幸免于难而感到幸运。‎ ‎ ②congratulation是名词,多用作复数形式。注意下列用法:‎ Congratulations!(单独使用)祝贺你!‎ Congratulations on your success对你的成功我表示祝贺。‎ Congratulations to everybody!祝贺大家!‎ Please accept my congratulations on your birthday.‎ 请接受我对你的生日祝贺。‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案 We offered him our congratulations him passing the college entrance exams.(MET’93)‎ A. at B. on C. for D. of connect连接,把……联系起来 ‎ (1)vt. The road connects London and Edinburgh.‎ ‎ 这条路把伦敦和爱丁堡连在一起。‎ ‎ The two cities are connected by a canal.‎ ‎ 这两座城市由运河连在一起。‎ ‎ A good student must connect what he reads with and what he sees around him.‎ ‎ 一个好学生必须把他所读的与所见的联系起来。‎ ‎ (2)be connected with与……有关系;与……有亲戚关系 ‎ She is connected with the Smiths.‎ ‎ 她与史密斯家有亲戚关系。‎ ‎ 对比:join…to…‎ ‎ Every family is joined to the world by Internet.‎ ‎ 每个家庭由网络与世界联系在一起。‎ connect vt.; vi.连接;联系。‎ ‎①He connected the two speakers to (with)the recorder.他把两个喇叭同录音机相连。‎ ‎②Many people connect China with the Great Wall.许多人把中国与长城联系在一起。‎ consider用法小结 consider是个很常用的动词,其意义不同,句型结构也不同。我们在学习中要特别注意。‎ ‎(1)作“仔细考虑、深思熟虑”解,consider可作不及物动词或及物动词。‎ 作及动词时,后可接名词、代词、动名词作宾语,不能接动词不定式,但可以接疑问词+不定式,相当于宾语从句。例如:‎ Consider carefully before you decide.你要慎重考虑后再做决定。‎ They considered your suggestion.他们仔细考虑了你的建议。‎ He is considering studying abroad.他在考虑出国留学。‎ We are considering how to help them.我们在考虑如何帮助他们。‎ ‎(2)作“将……视为、认为、以为”解。‎ ‎①可用consider+名词+(to be)名词(形容词)或consider+名词+as+名词(形容词)结构,但当不定式为行为动词时,不能省略,不可用于进行时。这样用时相当于that引导宾语从句。例如:‎ He considers himself(to be)clever(=as clever).=He considers that he is clever.他认为自己很聪明。‎ I consider him(to be)my closest friend(as my closest friend).=I consider(that)he is my closest friend.我把他视为我最亲密的朋友。‎ He is considered to have invented the first computer.他被认为是最早发明计算机的人。‎ ‎②还可用于consider+it(形式宾语)+形容词+不定式结构。例如:‎ I consider it wrong for students to smoke.我认为学生抽烟是不对的。‎ consider的用法:①You should consider the question.你应该考虑这个问题。‎ ‎②跟从句 He began to consider when he would get married他开始考虑什么时侯结婚的事情。‎ ‎③跟疑问词 + to do sth.‎ He is considering how to get there in time.他正想怎么能及时赶到那儿。‎ ‎④跟动名词 Who considers answering the question?谁正在考虑回答这个问题?‎ ‎⑤为……着想 He always considers others before himself他常先为别人着想。‎ ‎⑥名词为:consideration(不可数)‎ take sth. into consideration把……考虑在内 If you want to go on holidays in Beijing,you should take the cost into consideration.‎ 如果想到北京去度假,你应该考虑费用问题。‎ content ‎(1)n.内容;目录 He always reads the contents of a book first of all.他读书总是先从目录看起。‎ ‎(2)adj.满足的;甘心的 Are you content with your work?你对你的工作满意吗?‎ ‎(3)vt.使(某人)满足。‎ The little boy contented himself with a new toy.那男孩有了新玩具就满足了。‎ continue v.继续 They rain continued for three days.雨连续了3天。‎ They continued their game after lunch.‎ 他们午饭后继续比赛。‎ He continued writing /to write late into the night.‎ 他继续写作到深夜。‎ The weather continued cold.天气持续寒冷。‎ cover盖上;掩盖;占据(时间)(空间),走过(路程);采访。‎ ‎①My mother covered the baby with a blanket.‎ ‎②She tried to cover the fact that she had been to the place.‎ ‎③I’m covering the accident.‎ create; invent; discover 三者含义相近,但用法不同:‎ ‎(1)create“创造、创作”,指产生出新的东西,其对象往往是精神上的,如艺术、文学作品中的人物及新的科学领域等。例如:‎ Shakespeare created many famous characters.莎士比亚创造了许多有名的人物。‎ ‎(2)invent“发明”‎ ‎,指创造出原来自然界不存在的东西,如工具、方法、手段、灯泡、汽车、电视、合成材料等。例如:‎ who invented the telephone?谁发明了电话?‎ He invented a new teaching method.他发明了一种的教学方法。‎ ‎(3)discover指“发现或找到”某种自然界本来已存在,但以前未被人类发现或认识的事物,如发现元素、电、煤、石油、铁等矿藏以及新星、星系或科学真理等。例如:‎ I discovered an unopened letter in the drawer.我在抽屉里发现了一封未拆的信。‎ crowd crowd 可用作名词,表示“人群,群”;用作动词,表示“群集,拥挤”。如:‎ a crowd of children一群孩子;crowds of books 成堆的书;a cheering crowd 欢呼的人群;crowd into 挤进;crowd in 拥入;crowd round围在……的周围;a crowded city/train拥挤的城市/火车;be crowded with 挤满、塞满 ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①很多村民从大门拥入,院子里很挤。‎ ‎②大厅里挤满了学生。‎ Key:①Many villagers crowded in through the gate and the yard was crowded.‎ ‎②The hall was crowded with students.‎ cut短语归纳 ‎1)用作动词:‎ get one’s hair cut理发;cut a loaf of bread in two 把一块面包一切为二;cut a figure in stone 雕刻石像;cut the price 降价;cut the article 删节文章;cut down trees 伐树;cut down on smoking减少吸烟;cut in 插嘴,插入,cut in with a few words插嘴讲几句话;cut off a corner切掉一角;cut off electricity切断电源;cut off three sentences删去三个句子;cut out切掉,删掉;cut out the last part of the play把剧本的最后一部分删掉;cut…open切开。‎ ‎2) 用作名词:the cuts on one’s arms 臂上的伤口:make big cuts削减,降价 ‎[应用]介、副词填空 ‎①Big cuts have been made____the prices of medicine.‎ ‎②The strong wind cut_____the electricity of the whole city.‎ ‎③The chairman spoke so fast that nobody could cut____.‎ ‎④All the trees were cut_____.They will have to answer for their foolish action Key:①in ②off ③in ④down date back to / date from ‎ 追溯到(某个时期),起始于(某个时期),从……时候就存在 ‎ The tower dates back to 1173.‎ ‎ 这座塔起始于1173年。‎ ‎ The old church dates from the first century A.d.‎ ‎ 这座古老的教堂起始于公元1世纪。‎ ‎ My interest in stamp collecting dates from my schooldays.‎ ‎ 从学生时代起,我对集邮就开始感兴趣。‎ day by day一天天地 day after day日复一日,一天又一天 ‎ ①Day by day he seems to grow a little stronger.‎ ‎②I have to do this work day after day.‎ deal with,do with ‎ 1)二者都可表示“对付,应付,处理,安排”,但deal是不及物动词,可与how连用;而do是及物动词,只与what连用表示上述意义,不能单独使用。对比:We don’t know what to do with the waste materials./We don’t know how to deal with the waste materials.‎ 我们不知道怎样处理这此废料。‎ What’s the best way of dealing with thieves?‎ 对付小偷最好的办法是什么?‎ ‎(此句中的deal with不可替换成do with)‎ ‎2)deal with还可表示“论述,涉及到;与……相处”等意义,而do with 无此用法。如:‎ The books dealing with Asian problems sell well in colleges.论述亚洲问题的书在大学里很畅销。‎ That man is easy to deal with.这个人容易相处。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①你是怎么处理这类事情的?‎ ‎_________did you deal with matters of this sort?‎ What did you ________ _________matters of this sort?‎ ‎②我们要处理的棘手事太多了。‎ There are too many difficulties for us to _________ ______.‎ Key:①How/ do,with ②deal, with delight ‎ to one’s delight 该词组意为“使某人高兴”,还可以表达为“to the delight of sb.”。‎ 能这样表达的还有to one’s joy,to one’s surprise,to one’s sorrow等。如:‎ To my shame, I completely forgot our date.‎ demand ‎①当可数名词“要求”用 We refused his unreasonable demands.我们拒绝了他的无理要求。‎ ‎②当不可数名词用 There is a great demand for typists but(a)poor demand for clerks.打字员很抢手但是办公室职员几乎没人需要。‎ ‎③当动词用:demand+名词、代词、从句或to do sth.如:‎ They demanded the right to do things they like.‎ 他们要求有做自己喜欢做的事情的权力。‎ The lady demanded to see our headmaster.那个女士要求见校长。‎ He demanded that we (should)try to finish our work on time.他要求我们按时完工。‎ 宾语从句用虚拟语气形式,主+should+动原……‎ ‎④demand问 ‎“How old are you?”he demanded.‎ 他问我“你多大啦?”‎ depend on(=rely on)依靠;依赖;以……而定;取决于……。如:‎ ‎①Whether you will succeed or not depends on how hard you ‎ work.你是否成功得看你努力的程度。‎ ‎②I don’t want to depend on my parents any longer.我不想再依赖父母了。‎ destroy t.毁坏;破坏;毁灭。‎ ‎①Don’t destroy the box .It may be useful.不要弄坏这个盒子,可能还有用。‎ ‎②The whole building was badly desdtroyed by the fire.整幢楼房都被大火严重烧毁了。‎ determine v.‎ ‎(1)决心、决定,其后可接动词不定式、从句或on引导的短语。如:‎ We determined to get the work done before October 1.我们决定在“十一”之前完成这项工作。‎ She determined to go that very afternoon.‎ Have you determined where you’re going to spend the summer vocaion?你决定在哪儿过暑假了吗?‎ They determined on an early start.他们决定早动身。‎ He has determined on going home next week.他决定下周回家。‎ ‎(2)使……决意,后接不定式或介词短语作宾补。如:‎ What determined you to accept the invitation?什么原因使你接受这个请帖?‎ The situation determined him against further delay.形势使他决定不再拖延。‎ ‎(3)be determined(to do sth.)下定决心;有决心,后接不定式或从句。如:‎ He was determined to study English well.他下决心把英语学好。‎ I was determined not to follow their advice.‎ We were determined that we should never allow such things to happen again.我们决定绝不允许这类事情再次发生。‎ ‎(注意从句运动用should + 动词原形)]‎ determine to do sth.决定(心)做……‎ I left him,determined never to set foot in that house again.‎ devote…to…把……献给,把……用在 ‎ devote oneself to…致力于,献身于 ‎ be devoted to…专心致志于,献身于,忠于 ‎①Mary devotes too much time to eating.‎ ‎②He has devoted his whole life to benefiting mankind.‎ ‎③He devoted himself entirely to music.‎ ‎④He was still devoted to the study of chemistry.‎ ‎⑤He is very devoted to his wife.‎ die out 熄灭;绝种;逐渐消失。如:‎ ‎①The fire died out .火灭了。‎ ‎②That talkative man’s voice died out.那个健谈的人的声音渐渐地听不见了。‎ ‎2.the + 形容词(分词)表示一类人的用法。‎ 常见的短语有:‎ the old(young; rich; poor; learned; living…).如:‎ The living should carry out what the dead unfinished.‎ 活着的人(后人)应该把前人未竞事业进行到底。‎ ‎3.no more than①(=noly)仅仅,不过。②两者都不。如:‎ ‎①What can I do, I’m no more than a citizen.‎ 我能怎么样,我只不过是个平民百姓。‎ ‎②Tom is no cleverer than Jack.汤姆和杰克都不聪明。‎ 但是:not more than 表示A 不如B(……)或不超过。如;‎ ‎①My English is not better than yours.‎ 我的英语不如你的好。‎ ‎②I think you are not more than twenty years old.‎ 我想你不满二十岁吧。‎ diet; food 两者都可作“食物”解。diet指的是习惯上吃的食物或规定要吃的食物,特指维持健康的定量或定质的食物,如病人的疗养饮食。food是一般用语。凡能吃喝的具有营养的东西都可称food.例如:‎ The Chinese diet is considered to be the healthiest in the world。中国的饮食被认是世界上最健康的饮食。‎ Proper diet and exercise are both important to health.适当的饮食和锻炼对健康都很重要。‎ He is on a special diet to lose weight.他服用特别饮食以减肥。‎ The doctor put him on a liquid diet after operation.手术之后医生规定他吃流食。‎ They eat different kinds of food which change into energy.他们吃的各种各样的食物都转化成能量。‎ His food includes eggs, vegetables, fruit and some soft drinks.他的食物包括鸡蛋、蔬菜、水果和一些软饮料。‎ dip into 蘸进;随便翻阅;稍稍研究 ‎ I haven’t read that book properly. I’ve only dipped into it.‎ ‎ 我没有好好读那本书,仅随便翻阅一下。‎ ‎ I’ve only dipped into politics.‎ ‎ 我对政治研究不深。‎ discover discover sth.发现某物;discover oneself暴露自己的身份;discover sb. doing sth.发现某人在做某事;discover sb./sth.to be…发现某人(物)……;discover + that 从句发现……常用搭配:discover one’s mistake/an island/the truth发现自己的错误/一座岛/事实的真相 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我们发现他是一位出色的舞蹈家。‎ We ____her _____ ____ a good dancer./We _____ that_____ ____a good dancer.‎ ‎②有人发现她在偷东西。‎ Someone ______ ______ ______ things./Someone discovered that ‎______ ______stealing things.‎ Key:①discovered,to, be/discovered, she, was ②discovered,her,stealing/she,was distance n.距离;远处 ‎ ‎ When they finish their talk, the two may be quite a distance from the place where they were standing.当谈话结束时,两个人离他们原来站的地方可能有相当一段距离了。‎ The waterfall can be heard at a distance of two miles.‎ 在两英里外就能听到这瀑布声。‎ Hills are blue in the distance.远处的山呈蓝色。‎ The lion looks dangerous, so I decide to keep a distance away from it.狮子看起来很危险,所以我决定离它远点儿。‎ What’s the distance between Beijing and Shanghai?‎ 北京到上海之间的距离是多少?‎ disturb,interrupt disturb有“打扰,扰乱,使(人)心神不宁”之意。如:disturb the sleeping child/one’s plan/the piblic peace 打扰睡觉的孩子/打乱计划/扰乱社会治安;be mentally disturbed精神上受到影响;be disturbed about 对……感到不妥。‎ 对比:interrupt 有“打断,打扰”之意,侧重打断。如:Don’t interrupt me while I’m busy.我忙的时候不要打扰我。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她获悉母亲得急病后感到心神不安。‎ She was________ ________ her mother’s sudden illness./She ‎ was________ _______hear of her mother’s sudden illness./She was________ ________ the news of her mother’s sudden illness.‎ ‎②不要打断那位演讲者,他讲完再问你的问题。‎ Don’t _________ the speaker;ask your question after the meeting.‎ Key:①disturbed, about/disturbed,to/disturbed, by ‎ ‎②interrupt do all sb.can to do sth.:do what sb.can to do sth.尽某人的所能做某事 all 后面为that 所引导的定语从句,that在从句中作宾语已被省略;can后面为避免重复省略了do;后面的to do sth.为不定式(短语)作目的状语。all(that)sb.can(do)相当于宾语从句what sb.can(do)。‎ ‎①I’ll do all I can to help you.我将尽力帮助你。‎ ‎②He did all he could to improve his spoken English. 他尽了最大努力来提高英语口语水平。‎ Do give her my regards.请一定代我她问好。‎ 助动词 do 及其变化形式可在肯定句中用来强调动词,意为“务必;一定;的确;真的”,加强了句子的语气。‎ ‎①Do be careful! 一定要小心 ‎ ‎② I do like you.我真的喜欢你。‎ ‎③She does work very hard.她学习确实很努力。‎ ‎④—Why didn’t you tell him?你为什么不告诉他?‎ ‎—I did tell him.我告诉他了。‎ do sb. a favour或do a favour for sb.给某人帮个忙,如果有to do sth.则常用。‎ do sb.the favour to do sth.如:‎ ‎①I wonder if you can do me a favour?我不知道你能不能帮我个忙?(没有说干何事)‎ ‎②Please do me the favour to open the door, I want to go out.‎ 麻烦你给我开一下门,我要出去。‎ do up 收拾(东西)。整理、梳装打扮、系(扣)好……‎ ‎①He was so hurried that he did up his buttons wrongly.‎ 他太着急了以致于扣错了纽扣。‎ ‎②She spent a long time doing up her hair.她花了很长时间把头盘起来。‎ Do you think so?‎ ‎①“so”用于避免重复前面所说过的内容,等于代替肯定的名词性从句,可与believe,do,expect,fear,guess,hope,say,speak,suppose,think等及It appear…,It seems和I’m afraid连用。‎ ‎“Will they go to see him?”‎ ‎“I believe so.(?I believe[that]they will go to see him.)”‎ ‎②表示否定时,用not代替so,但在believe,suppose,think等动词之后,如I don’t think(believe,suppose)so等,通常仍可与so连用。‎ ‎③不能和表示确信、疑问的词语连用。‎ I doubt about it.(√)‎ I doubt so.(×)‎ do walking 步行。“do + 动名词”结构表示“干某事,有较灵活的译法。‎ do reading(读书)/washing(洗衣服)/cooking(做饭)/shopping(买东西)/cleaning(打扫除)等。‎ Do what I told you to .‎ Don’t be late again.‎ Make sure the door is shut. 让对方做或不做某事时 dozens of几十;许多。‎ ‎①She bought dozens of dresses.她买了许多衣服。‎ ‎②I’ve borrowed dozens of books for my daughter.我为女儿借了许多书。‎ doubt v.& n.怀疑,不相信 ‎ of…对……(抱)怀疑或悲观(态度) ‎ doubt 从句在否定句及疑问句中多跟that ‎ 引起的从句,在肯定句中多跟 ‎ whether(if)引起的从句。‎ ‎ ①I doubt the truth of this report.‎ ‎②They have never doubted of success.‎ ‎③I don’t doubt that you are honest.‎ ‎④Can you doubt that he will win?‎ ‎⑤I doubt if that was what he wanted.‎ 该词作名词时有以下短语 beyond(all)doubt毫无疑问;in doubt怀疑,犹豫,不肯定;no doubt肯定地,想必;without doubt毫无疑问,一定地 ‎①The truth of the story is beyond doubt.‎ ‎②I was in doubt about what to do.‎ ‎③No doubt I learned a lot from that lecture.‎ ‎④Without doubt these theories were all wrong.‎ dream vi.做梦,迫切希望 ‎ As he slept, he dreamed a dream. 他睡觉时做了一个梦。‎ ‎ W e dream of peace.我们梦想和平。 ‎ ‎ 拓展:dream a pleasant/sweet/horrible dream 做好梦/甜梦/噩梦 ‎ live a happy/quiet/hard/normal life 过幸福/平静/艰苦/正常的生活 ‎ die a glorious death死得光荣 Do you dream at night?你晚上做梦吗?‎ dream of……多用于否定句中,“做梦也没想到,从未想到过”‎ I never dream of getting so much money.‎ 我从未幻想过得到这么多钱。‎ Dream+从句 We never dreamed that the film was so long.‎ 我们怎么也没想到这部电影这么长。‎ dream of迫切希望、渴望。‎ People all over the world are dreaming of peace.‎ 全世界人民都渴望和平。‎ dreamy(adj.)模糊的,梦幻般的 I don’t believe your dreamy words.我不信你的梦语。‎ 动词 + about read about读到有关的内容;know about了解;learn about得知有关……;hear about 听说过;forget about 忘记有关……;talk about 谈论;argue about争论;chat about闲谈;tell about讲述有关……;think about考虑;write about写有关的……;joke about拿……开玩笑;worry about为……担心。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①我已在报纸上读到了有关这次事故的情况。‎ ‎②这件事我几乎忘了。‎ Key:①I’ve read about the accident in the newspaper.‎ ‎②I almost forget about this matter.‎ 动词+at 动词+at, 其中的at多表示“目标,方向”。如:‎ shout at朝……喊;laugh at 嘲笑;throw at 朝……扔;shoot at朝……射击;point at指着;aim at瞄准;call at拜访;stare at盯着;glance at一瞥;take a look at 看一眼;pull at 拉,扯;arrive at到达;come at 朝……起来;tear at撕,扯 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①别对那孩子大声嚷嚷,你吓坏她了。‎ Don’t ________ ________ the girl. You frightened her.‎ ‎②他被朋友们嘲笑了。‎ He _________ _________ _________ by his friends.‎ Key:①shout, at ②was, laughed, at 动词不定式的省略 为了避免重复,我们常常把作宾语、宾补和谓语动词的一部分的不定式省略,只保留动词不定式的符号to。现将常见省略不定式的几种情况通过实例加以简析,供大家参考:‎ ‎(1)—How about coming to my house?‎ ‎—I’d love to if it doesn’t give you so much trouble.‎ 在hope, like, love, promise, want, wish等词后作宾语的不定式常省略。再如:‎ You may go if you want to.‎ She can get a job if she hopes to.‎ ‎—How about going hunting with me tomorrow?‎ ‎—I’d like to, but I have no time.‎ ‎(2)Don’t close the window until I ask you to.‎ 在allow, ask, tell 等词后作宾语补足语的不定式常省略。再如:‎ Don’t touch the light unless your mother allows you to.‎ Don’t plant potatoes until the peasant tells you to.‎ ‎(3)He didn’t want to hand in his composition, but he had to.‎ 在be able to, be going to, have to, need to, enough to, used to等后的不定式需省略。再如:‎ I don’t sing much, now, but I used to a lot.‎ If you don’t want to say anything at the meeting, you don’t need to.‎ She didn’t go out last night, because she was afraid to.‎ 在afraid, glad, happy, pleased, sorry等词后作状语的不定式常省略。再如:—Will you go with me to see the film tonight?‎ ‎—I’ll be glad to.‎ 动词 + off短语 fly off 飞走;go off 离开;take off 脱下,起飞;run off 跑开;fall off 掉下;turn off 关上;get off 下来;drive off 驶离;hurry off 匆忙离开;keep off 离开,勿靠近;pay off 还清(债)put off 推迟;send off驱逐;set off 出发,动身;throw off 扔掉,匆忙脱衣;ring off 挂断电话;‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①此处很危险,让孩子们离开。‎ It’s dangerous here.______ ______ the children.‎ ‎②火车刚到,一大群人正在下车。‎ The train has just come in, with crowds of people_____ ______it.‎ Key:①keep ,off ②getting, off 动词 + up go up(物价等)上涨,上升;build(up)one’s health使身体强壮;turn up 出席,到场,开大音量;divide up 分配;分给;set up 建立;come up走近,发芽;pick up 拾起,用车接,收听(节目);send up发射;get up 起床;grow up 长大;look up仰望,查阅;eat up 吃光;drink up喝光;use up用光;stay/sit up熬夜;give up放弃;take up占空间,从事,开始干;keep up保持,继续;put up举起,建起;hang up挂起来;hold up举起;join up 连接起来;rise up奋起反抗;move up向前移动;lift up扶起;do up包,捆;hurry up赶快;call up 打电话;break up拆散,破裂;make up组成,化妆,编造;bring up抚养大;dress up打扮;add up加起来;warm up变暖,热身。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①物价在天天上涨。‎ Prices are_____ _____ day after day.‎ ‎②衣服常常挂在火炉附近。‎ The clothes are often_______ ______ near a fire.‎ ‎③妈妈的把孩子扶起来,领走了。‎ The mother_____ the baby______ and took him away.‎ ‎④他到乡下呆了一段时间,身体好了起来。‎ He went and stayed in the countryside for a period of time and _____ ______ ______ _______.‎ Key: ①going, up②hung, up③lifted, up④built, up, his, health drop用法归纳 drop可用作名词“滴”;用作不及物动词“掉下,滴下”;用作及物动词“使掉(滴)下”。如:[来源:1ZXXK]‎ a drop of blood一滴血;drop by rop/in drops一滴一滴地;drop from the tree从树上掉下来;drop to the ground 落在地上;drop the letter into the mailbox把信投进信箱;drop a handkerchief/stone掉下手帕/石头 ‎ 习语:drop in 顺便拜访;drop in on sb.顺便走访某人;drop in at his school顺便拜访他的学校。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我看见一个苹果从树上掉下来。‎ I saw an apple______ _______ the tree.‎ ‎②他们这样做是搬起石头咂自己的脚。‎ In doing so they are lifting a rock to _______ ________on their feet.‎ ‎③你路过的话,千万要来。‎ Do _______ _______ if you happen to be passing.‎ Key:‎ ‎①drop,from ②drop, it ③drop, in ‎ due to , be due to ‎ be due(to)有“应付给,应到的,预期的”之意,多用作表语,to不定式符号;而due to表示“由于,起因于”时,to是介词,相当于because of。如:‎ The train is due to arrive at 12.火车应于12点到。‎ When is the ship due?船预定何时到?‎ The accident was due to careless driving车祸是粗心驾车引起的。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①那项计划由于资金不足而失败。‎ The program failed ________ _________lack of money.‎ ‎②希尔先生预定明天演讲两次。‎ Mr Hill_________ _________ ________ lecture twice tomorrow.‎ Key:①due,to ②is ,due, to earn v.赚;得到 ‎①earn n. ②earn sb. sth ③earn one’s living He earns $‎10,000 a year.他一年赚10,000英镑。‎ His honesty earned him great respect.他因诚实而博得人们的尊敬。‎ She earned her living by singing in a nightclub.她靠在夜总会唱歌谋生。‎ earn, gain, win ,get 四个词均有“得到”之意,但earn指经过艰苦努力所得到的报偿,意为“赚得”;gain指作出很大努力而“获得”,所得东西常有一定价值;get是普通词,指不一定需要努力就能“得到”;win意为“赢得”,含有取胜一方具有优越条件而能克服障碍之意。这四个词有时可通用。‎ ‎[应用]英译汉 ‎①earn much money/a prize/one’s living ‎②gain a victory/experience/the first prize/ten dollars/a living/success/the battle/a doctor’s degree ‎③get one’s help/full marks Key: ①挣得很多钱/获奖/谋生 ‎②获胜/取得经验/获得一等奖/赚10美元/谋生/获得成功/赢得战斗/获博士学位 ‎③得到某人的帮助/得满分 earn one’s living,make one’s living 谋生,挣钱过活。‎ The professor earns his living by teaching at a language school.‎ eat up 吃光;吃掉。‎ He was so hungry that he ate up all the cakes and none was left.他太饿了,把所有的蛋糕都吃完了,一点也没剩。‎ 类似的短语还有:drink up喝光;喝净。/burn up 烧完;烧掉。/use up 用完;用尽。/clean up打扫干净。‎ effect ‎ have effect on 对……有影响,相当于affect:‎ It has had such a bad effect on him.‎ effort短语归纳 make the greatest effort 做最大努力;make great efforts尽最大努力;make a special effort作出特殊努力;make an effort to do sth.努力做某事;make every effort to help you尽力帮助你;make one last effort作最后的努力;make no effort不努力;spare no efforts to do sth.不遗余力去做某事;with(an)effort艰难地;without effort轻而易举地;in an effort努力。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他身体很强壮,可以轻易地提起那个重箱子。‎ He is strong enough to lift the heavy box _________.‎ ‎②我们会不遗余力地阻止他们采取这一步骤。‎ We will ________ _______ _______to prevent them from takingthis ‎ step.‎ ‎③他艰难地游泳,为的是救出那个孩子。‎ He swam with difficulty________ _________ _______ ________ save the boy.‎ ‎④我不会努力去帮助这样的人。‎ I’ll ________ _________ _______ to help such a person.‎ Key:①without,effout ②spare, to ,efforts ‎ ‎③in, an, effort, to ④make, no, efforts make efforts to do sth.努力(尽力)干……‎ make an effort (at)尽力,努力……‎ spare no effort不遗余力 I made every effort to get it (at getting it)‎ end up 结果,结束 ‎ He started as an employee and ended up as head of the firm.‎ ‎ 他以职员开始而最后成为公司的主管。‎ ‎ The party ended up with a song.‎ ‎ 晚会以一首歌曲结束。‎ ‎ If you continue to drive so carelessly, you’ll end up in hospital.‎ ‎ 如果你继续这样不小心开车,你会进医院的。‎ ‎ 对比:end指完结或终止,为意义最单纯的用语;‎ close指把已开始的事物像关闭似的加以结束;‎ finish尤指最后的修饰工作,或把已经做的加以完成;‎ complete指把不完美的各点或有缺陷的部分加以补充完成。‎ Let’s end the discussion.‎ The meeting was closed by the chairman’s speech.‎ Try to finish your homework before 9 o’clock.‎ Have you completed your new programme?‎ escape(1)vi.逃走;vt.逃避 ‎ The soldier managed to escape by running into the woods.‎ ‎ 那个士兵进树林逃掉了。‎ ‎ You were lucky enough to escape punishment / being punished.‎ ‎ 你很幸运逃脱了惩罚。‎ ‎ (2)n.[c]逃脱,逃亡 ‎ have a narrow escape 九死一生,死里逃生 exam; exmination; test; quiz examination通常只指正式的“考试”,如期末考试、入学考试等。exam是examination的缩写,常用于口语,多为学生使用。test为“小考”成“考查”,quiz为“测验”,特指事先无准备,随时进行的测验,也可指(广播节目中的)一般知识测验、问答比赛、猜谜等。例如:‎ He did very well in the entrance examination. 他在入学考试中成绩很好。‎ There’s going to be a physics test this afternoon.今天下午将进行物理考试。‎ The teacher gave us a five-minute quiz.老师对我们进行了一次五分钟的小测验。‎ example; pattern;model pattern“型、式样、图样”可指供模仿的某物原型或精心设计出的图样或模型,也可指榜样。如:‎ Can you use the sentence pattern?他会用这个句型吗?‎ She is a pattern for us.她是我们学习的典范。‎ model“模型、模范”,指供模仿或值得信效的人或物。如:‎ Have you seen his model ship?你看见过他的船模吗?‎ example “例子、榜样”,主要指人及其行为和活动被他人信效。如:‎ Example is better than precept.身教重于言教。‎ except; besides; except for+名词/except that+句子用法区别。‎ except 相当于but,表示“除了……以外(不包括在内)”,常与all, nobody,everything,everybody, nowhere等表示整体概念的词连用。besides相当于apart from,表示“除……以外(尚有)”之义。except for.../except that ...表示“除了……”之意,引述一个相反的原因或细节,因而部分地修正了句中的主要意思。如:Your article is well written except for some grammar mistakes.你的文章写得好,只是有几处语法错误。‎ excuse, pardon,forgive excuse“原谅,宽恕”,语气较轻,指对轻微的冒犯、失礼等的原谅;pardon用于正式场合时意为“赦免”,也有“原谅,对不起”之意,语气最重;forgive指免除某人犯错误或违法承担的后果,或不追究其应受责备的行为。三个词都常与for连用,表示“原谅某人……”。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①请原谅我迟到了。‎ ‎②我永远不会原谅你昨天晚上说过的话。‎ Key:①Please excuse we for being late.‎ ‎②The court pardoned the man who had broken the law for a certain reason.‎ ‎③I’ll never orgive you for what you said to me last night.‎ expect, wait 二者均有“等待”之意,但有不同。expect侧重心理状态,因而可译为“期待,期盼”, 是及物动词;而wait指行动,有“不干别的事专门等”之意,是不及物动词。对比:‎ They are busy with prepartions, expecting the foreign guests.他们忙着准准备,期待着外宾的到来。‎ Holding little flags, the children are waiting for the foreign guests.孩子们手拿小旗,在等待外宾的到来。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她很久没有儿子的消息了,因而期待着他的电话。‎ She hasn’t heard from her son for a long time, so she _______‎ telephones from him.‎ ‎②他正等着要和你说句话。‎ He ________ ________ to have a word with you.‎ Key:①expects ②is ,waiting expert n.专家,能手 adj.精通的 ‎①an expert on … 一名……方面的专家 ‎②be expert at/in doing sth. 于……很内行 an expert on computer science 计算机方面的专家 She’s expert at/in looking after babies.‎ 她对于照料婴儿很内行。‎ explain t. 说明;解释;讲解。‎ ‎①He explained why he was late.他说明了迟到的原因。‎ ‎②Please explain this exercise to me . 请把这个练习给我讲一讲。‎ express one’s satisfaction with对……表示满意 be satisfied with对……感到满意 The officials expressed their satisfaction with the preparation for the exhibition.‎ fall短语归纳 fall from a tree从树上掉下来;fall off a table从桌子上落下;‎ fall out of bed 从床上跌下来;fall asleep入睡;fall ill病倒;fall behind落后;fall in love with sb.爱上某人;fall to pieces倒塌,垮台,崩溃,解体;fall into the water跌进水中;fall down 倒下;fall onto the ground掉(倒)在地上;have many falls 跌下许多跤;in the fall在秋季。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①那个孩子从墙上掉下来伤着了右腿。‎ The boy____ ____the wall and hurt his right leg.‎ ‎②他不想在学习上落后于别人。‎ He didn’t want to _____ ____others in his studies.‎ Key:①fell,off ②fall,behind fall ill 生病,得病 ‎①Tom is absent,for he has fallen ill.‎ ‎②John was caught in the storm and he fell ill.‎ fall over意为“跌倒”,“跌跤”。如:‎ When he was skating, he fell over some times.‎ fall to pieces 该短语意为“垮台”,“崩溃”,“倒塌”,“解体”。如:‎ ‎①Most buildings fell to pieces in the earthquake in this city.‎ ‎②Most organizations fell to pieces after political reform.‎ far below + n.‎ 该词组意为“远远低于”,“比……低得多”,其中far是副词,用以加强语气。如:‎ The production of this factory was far below the normal level last year.‎ far from:不仅仅,远不是(跟动名词、形容词、名词或代词)。如:‎ ‎①Far being slow, they are actually fast enough.他们一点也不慢,相反非常迅速。‎ ‎②It’s far from perpect.它还很不完美。‎ 另外:由far引出的短语 ‎①go far(物)经用、时间长 This food can’t go far.这些东西不够吃。‎ ‎②so far:到目前为止、到…程度(地步)‎ I can only tell you so far.我只能给你说到这一步。‎ ‎③as far as就……而言、从……来看、尽……所能、只要……、一直查到某地 As far as I know, he will not come.据我所知,他不会来啦。‎ You should stick to your opinion as far as it is reasonable.只要你有理,就应该坚持。‎ We walked as far as the church.‎ 我们一直走到教堂跟前。‎ feed vt. 喂养;以……为。常用结构:‎ feed…with/on sth . feed sth . to ‎ ‎①She feeds her baby with /on cow’s milk./she feeds cow’s milk to her baby.她用牛奶喂孩子。‎ ‎ ②I feed my cat with/on fish./I feed fish to my cat .我用鱼喂猫。‎ ‎ 另外:feed (vi.)on 相当于live on , 意为“以……为主食”。‎ ‎ Sheep feed mainly on grass.羊以草为主食。‎ fight against;fight for feed…on…以……饲养(动物)‎ feed on(动物)以……为食 feed…to…喂(动物)……当饲料。‎ feed a dog on meat ‎ 以肉饲养狗 feed meet to a dog Cows feed on hay during winter.‎ feel like…想(做某事);愿意。‎ I feel like going to a museum.我想去博物馆。‎ I feel like a drink. Have you got any beer?我想喝点东西,你俩有啤酒吗?‎ fight with,fight against意为“为反对……而战、与……作斗争”,against 后面接的是反对的对象,如:‎ They are fighting against their enemy.他们在与敌人作战。‎ Political leaders fought against slavery.政治领导们为了反对奴隶制度而斗争。‎ fight for 意为“为争取……而斗争、因为……而打架”。如:‎ Two dogs fight for a bone,and a third runs away with it.两只狗为抢一块骨头而打架,另一只狗把骨头叼走了。‎ fight with意为“同……(一起并肩)作战、与……作战”,它含有两重意思,试比较:‎ They fought with the Italian in the last war.他们在最后的这次战争中是与意大利人作战。‎ They fought with the Italian against France in that war.在那次战争中,他们和意大利联合作战反对法国。‎ figure; shape;form ‎ 这组名词都有“形状”的意思。‎ shape 着重指人或物等的比较具体的整个外形,不太正式;form指有实体结构和看得见的某种特殊形状或是抽象的形式;figure指物时,侧重指轮廊,指人时,着重指姿态。如:‎ Coins may be of different sizes,weights, shapes, and of diff-‎ erent metals. 硬币可能大小、轻重、形状不同,铸造的金属也可能不一样。‎ The shape of Italy is like a leg.意大利国的形状像一条腿。‎ Change these sentences into the Present Perfect Passive,putting the verbs into the correct forms.用动词的正确形式将下面的句子变成现在完成时的被动语态 。‎ Ice,snow and steam are forms of water.冰、雪、蒸气是水的几种形态。‎ You can see the tall stone figures and visit the temples of the gods.你可以看到那些高大的石雕像,参观那些神殿。‎ 这组名词也可当动词用,shape意为“使什么东西具有某种具体的外 形”,常有“塑造”等具体意义;form指通过协商、组织等形成某种习惯、计划或组织等,一般相当于“形成”;figure通常指象征某事物。‎ find ‎ (1)vt.发现,发觉 ‎ She found a wallet lying on the ground.‎ ‎ 她发现地上有个钱包。‎ ‎ We found her still asleep.‎ ‎ 我们发现她还在睡觉。‎ ‎ He found her left behind.‎ ‎ 他发现她被落在后面。‎ ‎ (2)n.发现,发现物(尤指贵重或悦人的)‎ ‎ I made a great find in a second-hand bookshop yesterday.‎ ‎ 昨天在旧书店里我有重大发现。‎ ‎ 对比:find多指偶然发现,碰见;后可接名词、复合结构或从句。find out指通过观察、探索而发现事实的真相、真情,通过调查找出原因,或发现秘密、错误等;一般接名词、代词或从句。discover指发现客观事物的存在,发现已存在而不为人知的事情;多用于好的事物。‎ ‎ Have you found the book you have been looking for?‎ ‎ 你一直找的书找到了吗?‎ ‎ Have you found out why he was late?‎ ‎ 你弄清他为什么迟到吗?‎ ‎ Columbus discovered America.‎ ‎ 哥伦布发现了美洲。‎ find one’s way(to)找到;设法找到去……的路 ‎ Can you find your way to the post office? 你能找到去邮局的路吗?‎ ‎ Rivers find their way to the sea. 条条江河通大海。‎ ‎ 拓展:make one’s way非常困难地前进 ‎ feel one’s way 摸索着前进 ‎ force / fight one’s way突破……而前进 ‎ push one’s way排开……而前进 fine adj./adv./n./v.‎ ‎ (1)adj.美好的,天气晴朗的,(身体)好的,细的 ‎ It’s fine today.今天天气很晴朗。‎ ‎ What a fine view it is!多么美丽的风景!‎ ‎ —How are you?‎ ‎—你好吗?‎ ‎—Fine, thank you.‎ ‎—很好,谢谢!(不可用于否定句及疑问句)‎ First there was a fine rain but then it rained heavily.‎ 开始是毛毛细雨,接着就下大了 ‎(2)adv.很好 Everything went fine.一切顺利 ‎(3)[c]罚金a traffic violation fine违反交通规则罚款 ‎(4)v.处罚金 If you make such a mistake again, you’ll get fined.‎ 如果你再犯这样的错误,你就会挨罚。‎ 短语:fine and 非常,极(强调后面所接的形容词)‎ one fine day/morning有朝一日 first of all 指按时间,顺序等处于第一位的,如:‎ 例:First of all let me say how glad I’m to be here.首先我要说我来到这儿是多么高兴。‎ I’m interested in coins ,but first of all I’m a stamp collector.我对硬币感兴趣,但我首先是个集邮的。‎ 比较:first与at first first 译为“首先/,是从动作的先后角度来考虑的。”如:‎ Before we go , I must first change my clothes .走之前我得先换衣服。‎ at first意为“起初/,含有后来不这样了的意思。”如:‎ At first I didn’t like him ,but now I do .起初我不喜欢他,但现在喜欢了。‎ for the first time 意为“第一次”。如:‎ It was there that they met for the first time .正是在那儿他们第一次见了面。‎ fit ‎①be fit for适合于 This job is fit for you.这份工作适合你干。‎ ‎②主语+be + fit + to do sth.如:‎ Nobody is fit to take his place.没有合适的人接替他。‎ ‎③(物,衣物之类)+fit+sb.表示衣帽之类适合某人,合身。‎ The shirt does not fit me well.这件衬衫不太合我的身。‎ fix vt.安排;修理;准备;安装;固定 We have fixed the time and date of the party.‎ 我们已经确定了聚会的日期和具体时间。‎ Something has gone wrong with my tape-recorder. I must have it fixed.‎ 我的录音机坏了,我得请人修一下。‎ Mother decided to fix them something to eat.‎ 母亲决定给他们准备点吃的。‎ It’s not polite to fix your eyes on others.‎ 盯着别人看是不礼貌的。‎ It is necessary for a child to form the habit of fixing his attention on/ upon what he is doing.‎ 孩子养成专心做事情的习惯是很有必要的。‎ fix a date 确定日期 fix a time确定时间 fix a place确定场所 fix vt.决定,确定 fix+n./wh-/to do sth.‎ My uncle is fixing to set up a company.‎ fix up vt.搭起、安装,修理,安排(住宿等),提供, ‎ We must fix the house up before we move into it.‎ Flash in a flash 该介宾词组意为“转眼间”,“突然间”,“瞬间。”如:‎ In a flash. I realized where we had met before.‎ fly ‎ (1)vt.飞跃 +地点或距离作宾语:驾驶(飞机);(用飞机)运送;放(风筝)‎ ‎ fly the Atlantic / the English Channe/ a distance of ‎‎2000 km ‎ 飞跃大西洋/英吉利海峡/2019公里的距离 ‎ Supplies of food have been flown to the refugees.‎ ‎ 补给的粮食空运给那些难民。‎ ‎ The children are flying their kites.‎ ‎ 孩子们在放风筝。‎ ‎ (2)vi.飞,飞行,飞跑 ‎ Time flies like an arrow. 光阴似箭。‎ ‎ The little girl flew to her grandmother.‎ ‎ 这女孩向她奶奶飞跑过去。 ‎ ‎ (3)n.苍蝇 ‎ butter(奶油)+fly(苍蝇)=butterfly(蝴蝶)‎ ‎ dragon(龙)+fly(苍蝇)=dragonfly(蜻蜓)‎ ‎ fire(火)+fly(苍蝇)= firefly(萤火虫)(=lighting-bug,美语)‎ follow t.‎ ‎(1)跟随;跟着。‎ We followed the professor into the lab . 我们跟着教授走进了实验室。‎ ‎(2)听懂;理解。‎ Would you please say it again? I can’t follow you. 请再说一遍好吗?我没听懂。‎ know about/of : have information concerning 听说(关于……的事情);知道;了解。‎ Know vt. : have in mind as the result of experience or because one has learned 认识,知道。‎ ‎①I don’t know the writer , but I know about him.我不认识那位作家,但我听说过他。‎ ‎②I know him ,but I don’t know about him. 我认识他,但我并不了解他。‎ for a start/to start with首先,第一点 ‎ You have no right to be here, to start with.‎ ‎ 首先,你无权在此。‎ ‎ It won’t work:for a start, we don’t have so much money and secondly we cannot get the permission.‎ 那不行,首先我们没那么多钱,其次我们不能被批准。‎ for example / such as for emample 用来举例说明,例子通常是一个。它可放在所举例子的前面,也可放在后面;such as 用来列举事物,只能放在所列举的事物的前面。另外,只列举有代表性的事物,并不全部列出。如:‎ Some students are often late for school, Li Ling ,for emample .有些学生上学经常迟到,例如李玲。‎ He can speak several foreign languages, such as English, Janpanese, ‎ German and so on.他会说好几种外语,比如英语、日语、德语等。‎ forbid(forbade, forbidden)‎ ‎①forbid sb.to do sth.如:‎ My mother forbids me to keep in touch with that boy.我妈不让我与那个男孩交往。‎ ‎②forbid(one’s)doing sth.如:‎ The law strictly forbids individual’s running business in some fields.法律严禁私人从事某些经营活动。‎ ‎③常用被动形式 Smoking is forbidden here.这儿不许抽烟。‎ ‎④表示“使……不可能,使……无法……”‎ The bad weather forbids a spring outing.坏天气使我们无法春游。‎ 否定转移 I/We think, believe,suppose, imagine接宾语从句时,通常否定主句谓语;但变反意问句时,却必须和从句的人称、谓语保持一致,而且要考虑主句中有无 not。如:I don’t think she is right,isn’t?/I believe that they will win the match, won’t they?‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①我猜今天夜里不会有雨。‎ ‎②我们认为美国不会赞同我们的和平计划。‎ Key:‎ ‎①I don’t suppose there will be rain this night.‎ ‎②We don’t think America will agree to our peace plan.‎ form ‎ in the form of 以……的形式呈现,prep.take the form of 以……形式呈现,vt.‎ The cookies are all in the form of stars.‎ ‎?The cookies all take the form of stars.‎ free adj.‎ ‎(1)空闲的;有空的。‎ Are you free tomorrow?明天你有空吗?‎ ‎(2)免费的;无偿的。‎ ‎①Do you enjoy free medical care ?你享受免费医疗吗?‎ ‎②—Why are you so happy?你怎么那么高兴?‎ ‎—Because I got two free ticket. 我免费弄到两张票。‎ ‎(3)自由的。‎ ‎①The birds in the cage wish to be free.笼中之鸟盼望自由。‎ ‎②You are free to say anything you want to at the meeting .会上你可以畅所欲言。‎ freeze,freezing,frozen freeze是动词“结冰,凝固”;freezing可用作名词“冰点”,用作形容词“冰冷的”,用作副词“极冷地”;frozen既是freeze的过去分词形式,也可用作形容词,表示“冷冻的”。对比:‎ Water freezes below freezing. 冰点以下时水结冰。‎ It was freezing cold that morning.那天早晨非常地冷。‎ The roads are frozen in places.路上多处结冰。‎ ‎[应用]英译汉 ‎①above/over freezing ‎②freezing weather ‎③be frozen to death ‎④give sb. a freezing cold ‎⑤freezing machine ‎⑥frozen meat ‎⑦I’m frozen,so I can’t write ‎⑧I’m freezing,so I’ve to put on a heavy coat.‎ Key:‎ ‎①零度以上 ②很冷的天气 ‎③被冻死 ④冷冷地看某人一眼 ‎⑤制冷机 ⑥冻肉 ‎⑦我冻坏了,不能写东西了。⑧我觉得冷极了,我得穿件厚大衣 frighten 用作动词,frighten表示“吓唬、使惊恐” 。如:‎ frighten the birds away 把鸟吓跑;be frightened by 被……吓坏;be frightened of sb./sth.害怕某人/物;be firghtened at因……而受到惊吓;be frightened off away被吓跑了;be frightened to dath被吓死;frighten sb.into(doing) sth.吓得某人做某事。‎ 辨析:frightened, frightening:前者表示“感到恐惧、害怕”,后者表示“令人惧怕”。对比:‎ frightened children吓坏了孩子;‎ frightening voice令人恐惧的声音;‎ her frightened look 她那恐惧的样子(自己内心害怕所显露出的表情)。‎ her frightening look她那可怕的样子(其样子使别人害怕)‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①那可怕的声音使我非常恐惧.‎ The _______ voice made me very ________.‎ ‎②他吓得那个老太太签署了那份文件。‎ He _______ the old lady _______ ________ the paper.‎ ‎③她看到蛇吓坏了。‎ She________ ____________ the sight of a snake.‎ ‎④你怕老虎吗?‎ Are you __________ ________ tigers?‎ Key:①frightening , frightened ②frightened, into, signing ‎③was, frightened, at ④frightened, of ‎“复合名词”变复数的几种形式 ‎(1)由man和woman构成的复合名词变复数时,两个成分都要变。如:‎ a man doctor→men doctors男医生 a woman driver→women drivers女司机 ‎(2)由“名词+名词”以及“动名词+名词”构成的复合名词,把复数词尾放在一个名词上。如:‎ police officers 警官 boy-friends男朋友 match-boxes火柴盒 flower shops花店 frying pans平底锅 ‎(3)由“名词+副词”构成的复合名词,把复数词尾放在名词上。如:‎ passers-by过路人 lookers-on旁观者 ‎(4)由“家庭成员+in-law”构成的复合名词,复数形式放在第一个成分上。如:‎ fathers-in-law(岳父) sisters-in-law(嫂嫂) ‎ sons-in-law(女婿)‎ ‎(5)复合名词中没有名词时,把复数词尾放在最后一个词上。如:‎ go-betweens中间人,媒人 grown-ups成年人 game,race, match 三个词都有“比赛”之意。game通常指“游戏、比赛”,其复数形式往往指大型运动会。race多指赛跑,赛马、赛车、赛船等运动。match指竞技比赛。‎ ‎[应用]英译汉 ‎①play games ‎ ‎②play a game of basketball ‎ ‎③the Asian Games ‎④horse race.‎ ‎⑤a 1,500-metre race ‎⑥run a race ‎⑦have a volleyball match ‎⑧watch a match Key:①做游戏,比赛 ②进行一次篮球比赛 ③亚运会 ④赛马 ⑤一千五百米赛跑 ⑥赛跑 ⑦举行排球比赛 ⑧观看比赛 get a general idea of 对……了解大意(大概情况)‎ ‎ Read the chapter quickly to get a general idea.‎ ‎ 快速阅读这一章,了解大意。‎ ‎ I have a general idea of that town.‎ ‎ 我对那个镇子的大概情况有所了解 get in touch with sb.; keep in touch with sb.‎ 这两个相似动词短语的区别是:前者是表示动作性的,作“和(与)某人进行接触”解,如:‎ Finally Hank and his friend gave each other their addresses and promised to get in touch again with each other when they both returned to the States.最后,汉克和他的朋友互换了地址,并且保证回美国后和对方联系。‎ 而后者表示状态,作“和(与)某人保持着联系”解。如:‎ Some students keep in touch with me all the time.一些学生一直和我保持着联系。‎ get sb. / sth. doing使某人/某物开始活跃或使某物开始工作 ‎ Let me try now, I will get the car going ‎ 现在让我试试,我会把汽车发动起来。‎ ‎ 拓展:get sb. to do sth. = have sb. do sth.让/使某人做某事 ‎ get sth. done = have sth. done请人做某事 ‎ I’ll get him to do the job.我会让他做这项工作。‎ ‎ When did you get your hair cut?‎ ‎ 你什么时候理的发?‎ 感叹句表达方式 感叹句表示说话时的惊讶、喜悦、赞赏和愤怒等情绪。大多数感叹句是由what和how引导,其句型结构为“What(或How)+感叹部分+主语+谓语!”。也有少量其他形式的感叹句,现一并归纳如下:‎ ‎(1)What 引导的感叹句 What 用做定语,修饰名词,其引导的感叹句句型结构为:‎ ‎①What+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!如:‎ What an orphan he is!他是个多么可怜的孤儿啊!‎ ‎②What+a (an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!如:‎ What a beautiful voice she has!她的声音多美啊!‎ ‎③What+形容词+可数名词复数+主语+谓语!如:‎ What kind doctors they are!他们是多好的医生啊!‎ ‎④What+形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语!如:‎ What good news it is!‎ ‎(2)How 引起的感叹句 How 用做状语,修饰形容词、副词和动词,其引导的感叹句句型结构为:‎ ‎①How+形容词+主语+谓语!‎ How clever you are!‎ ‎②How+副词+主语+谓语!‎ How well she dances!‎ ‎③How +形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!如:‎ How good a student he is!‎ ‎④How+主语+谓语!如:‎ How the teachers worked!教师们工作多么努力啊!‎ ‎⑤How+many(few)+可数名词的复数+主语+谓语!如:‎ How many books you have read!‎ ‎⑥How much(little)+不可数名词+主语+谓语!如:‎ How little money the coat cost!‎ ‎(3)“What+a(an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!”句型可转换为“How+形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!”句型。如;‎ What a clever boy he is!‎ How clever a boy he is!‎ ‎(4)感叹句常将主语和谓语动词省略,以“What+名词!”或“How+形容词!”的形式构成。如:‎ What a fine student!‎ What mountains!‎ How wonderful!‎ How brave!‎ ‎(5)其他形式的感叹句 有时候,可不用what和how来表示感叹,而用陈述句、疑问句、祈使句,甚至一个词或词组来表示感叹。如:‎ She is such a nice girl!她是一个多好的姑娘啊!(陈述句)‎ Who do you think you are!你算老几!(疑问句)‎ ‎“Stop the train! Stop the train!”(祈使句)‎ Wonderful!(一个词)‎ Happy New Year!(词组)‎ get through 接通电话;完成;通过 I can’t get through. The line’s busy.我没能接通电话。占线了。‎ get through the work/the exams/the book完成工作/通过考试/看完这本书 打电话的其他交际用语:‎ Can you ring up …?你能给……打电话吗?‎ I can’t get through.我没能接通(电话)‎ The line is busy.(电话)占线。‎ I’ll try again later.一会儿我再试试。‎ Could I speak to… please?我找……接电话。‎ This is … speaking .我是……‎ Hold on, Please.请等一等。‎ Can I take a message?我可以捎个口信吗?‎ Could you ask … to ring me back, please?‎ 你让……给我回个电话好吗?‎ I’ll ask …… to call you.‎ 我要让……给你打个电话。‎ They are talking on /over the phone. 他们在通电话。‎ You are wanted on the phone.有电话找你。‎ She answered the phone.她接了电话。‎ give构成的短语 ‎①give away 送给人、分发、泄露、暴露 Let’s give away our dog.我们把狗送人吧。‎ ‎②give back:送还、恢复(健康)‎ Living here has given me back my health.在这住使我恢复了健康。‎ ‎③give in交进来,让步、妥协、投降 The boy gave in the money he picked up.‎ 那小孩把捡到的钱上交了。‎ In the end,they gave in.最终,他们屈服了。‎ ‎④give off散发出 The gas gave off an unpleasant smell.那种气体发出难闻的气味。‎ ‎⑤give out用完、耗尽、没有了。‎ Money gave out.钱用完了。‎ ‎⑥give up放弃、不再做、把……献给……‎ My father has given up smoking.我爸“戒烟了。”‎ He has given up his life to teaching.‎ 他一生都献给了教育事业。‎ Don’t give up,try again.别泄气,再试一次。‎ give birth to 生……;造成……的原因。‎ ‎ ①She gave birth to a baby last week.‎ ‎②His illness gave birth to his absence.‎ Give my regards/ best wishes/love to sb. 向人问好时 give off,放出(光、烟、气味等)、散发,‎ give out,放出,发出(声音,光线,气味等),(食物、燃料、力量等)用尽、筋疲力尽。‎ ‎①These red roses give off a sweet smell.‎ ‎②This device gives out flashes of light in the fog.‎ ‎③Both my strength and money gave out.‎ go bad 变坏 类似的:go wrong,go mad,etc.‎ go 通常表示不好的变化。‎ Alice’s face went red with anger.‎ My husband’s hair is going gray.‎ ‎“go+doing”表示“去干某事”,多指从事与体育、娱乐有关的活动。‎ go fishing 去钓鱼 go riding去骑马 go boating 去划船 go climbing去登山 go swimming去游泳 go shooting去射击 go walking 去散步 go hunting去打猎 go shopping去买东西 go cycling去骑车 go dancing去跳舞 go camping 去露营 ‎“go+doing”还可以表示从事某种职业。‎ go farming务农 go nursing当护士 go on doing , go on to do , go on with ‎ ‎1) go on doing sth .指继续做同一件事。如:‎ After a short rest , they went on working . 短暂休息之后,他们继续工作。‎ go on with sth . 指继续同一件事,此时 with 后能接名词,代词,不能跟ing 形式。如:After a short rest ,they went on with the work . 短暂休息之年,他们继续那项工作。‎ go on to do sth . 指接着做另外一件事。如:‎ After finishing the words , they went on to go over the text.结束单词后,他们接着通课文。‎ ‎2) 类似意义的说法。‎ continue doing/ to do = go on doing;‎ go ahead with = go on with ,隐含有付出努力之意 keep on doing ① = go on doing ②指不顾困难,反对或警告而坚持做某事。如:He kept on smoking after the doctor told him to stop .医生告诉他停止后,他还是继续抽烟。‎ go through 浏览;经历;历经 ‎ He went through several houses, but haven’t bought one yet.‎ ‎ 他看了好几套房子,但一套还没买。‎ ‎ The country has gone through too many wars.这个国家已经历了太多的战争。‎ ‎ The plan must go through several stages.‎ ‎ 这个计划必须经历几个过程。‎ ‎ 拓展:go through with完成 ‎ He hasn’t gone through with his composition yet. 他还没写完作文。‎ go with 与……相配;适合。‎ I’d like a pair of shoes to go with my trousers.我想要一双和我的裤子相配的鞋。‎ go/do without 该短语表示“没有……将就着也行”。Without既是介词也是副词,亦即带不带宾语都行。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他没钱买电视,只能过着没有电视的日子。‎ He had no money for a TV set,so he had to _______ _______ ______.‎ ‎②我们没有地图也行。‎ We have no map but we can ________ ________‎ Key:①go,without,it ②do,without had better (not) do sth.最好(不要)做某事。‎ 用来委婉地提出建议或劝告.had通用于各种人称和数的形式.。‎ ‎①You’d better give up smoking.It dose no good to your health.你最好把烟戒掉,吸烟对健康没好处。‎ ‎②she had better not come this evening .今晚她最好不要来。‎ hand down(=pass down)相传、传给 意思是“(从上代)传下来(给后代)”。‎ In poor families,clothes may be handed down from one child to the next.‎ hand back 把……归还……;hand in 面交,提出;hand on 传阅,依次传递;hand out 分发;hand over 移交。‎ happen句型归纳 ‎ (1)happen to do sth.(主语常为“人”),意为“碰巧。恰好”。to 后可用不定式的一般式to do,完成式to have done进行式to be doing如:‎ You happened to be out when I came to your house.‎ 我到你家时,你正好出去了。‎ She happened to have just finished reading the book.‎ 碰巧她刚刚读完那本书。‎ The two salesmen happened to be quarrelling when the manager entered.‎ 经理进去时两个售货员碰巧在吵架。‎ ‎(2)It(so)happen that…“(如此)碰巧,恰好”。如:‎ It happens that he is a teacher of English.‎ 恰好他是位英语老师。‎ It so happened that he was going that way too.‎ 如此碰巧的是他也往那边走。‎ 注意:句型1)和2)可互换,如:‎ I happened to have no money with me./It happened that I had no money with me.‎ 我碰巧身上没带钱。‎ ‎(3)happen to sb./sth. “某人/物出事,发生了……情况”。‎ 如:What has happened to your hand?你的手怎么了?‎ Be careful not to let anything happen to that child.‎ 小心别让那个孩子出任何事。‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案 ‎①—We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.(MET’91)‎ ‎—What do you suppose __________to her?‎ A.was happening B.to happen C.has happened D.having happened ‎②They happened to _______for Tianjin when we got there.(MET’)‎ A.leave B.have left C.leaving D.had left ‎③If anything __________you,let me know.‎ A.is happened to B.is happening C.happens on D.happens to Key:①C ②B ③D have a right to do sth.有权做某事 right:①当名词用,可有复数形式如:human rights人权;但是当方向(右边)讲时,不可数,turn to the right向右转 ‎②当形容词:a.右面的、向右的、政治上右倾的;b.对的、正确的、合适、恰当、正当;c.对头、没事了。如:‎ He didn’t feel quite right.他感觉不太舒服。‎ Your advice is right你的建议是对的。‎ Which is the right answer?哪个答案正确?‎ ‎③当副词用,向右 Don’t forget to turn right when you meet a bookstore.看到那家书店别忘了向右转。‎ The crowd divided right and left.‎ 人群走散了(各奔西东)。‎ have/find + difficulty/trouble + (in)doing sth ./ with sth.‎ There be + difficulty/trouble + (in) doing sth./with sth.做某事有困难/麻烦;在……方面有困难/麻烦。‎ 其中的difficulty和trouble为不可数名词;doing前的介词in 可省略。‎ ‎①I have some difficulty(in)pronouncing some English words.有些英语单词我发音有困难。‎ ‎②Everyone in the town knew him; so we had no difficulty(in) finding his house。镇上所有的人都认识他,所有我们毫不费力就找到了他的家。‎ ‎③The boy had little difficulty with maths.这孩子学数学没困难。‎ ‎④There was much difficulty (in) finding him.好不容易才找到他。‎ have mercy on/upon sb.‎ 该短语意为“宽恕(或可怜)某人”,类似的词组还有show mercy to sb.。‎ He always has mercy on the poor.‎ at the mercy of …任由……摆布,在……的掌握中。‎ 如:They were lost at sea,at the mercy of the winds and the waves.‎ have no choice but to do sth. ‎ 该结构意为“别无选择的干……”‎ 如:You have no choice but to obey me.‎ have on,have…on have on 表示“穿着,戴着”,有have on sth.或have sth.,on结构,强调状态,无进行时,但有动词—ing短语形式。have…on表示“有事,有约(会)”。对比:‎ On Children’s Day,children always have on their new clothes. 儿童节那天孩子们总是穿着新衣服。‎ I’ve nothing on tomorrow.Let’s go together. 明天我没事,咱们一起去吧。‎ 误:In fact the king was having nothing on.‎ 正:In fact the king had nothing on.事实上国王什么也没穿。‎ 正:The king having nothing on walked in the front.一丝不挂的国王走在最前面。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①He has something on this evening.I’ve to go without him.‎ ‎②He has his uniform on this evening.‎ have something(nothing,much,little)to do with与……有(没有,有很大,有一点)关系。‎ ‎①I have nothing to do with that young man.‎ ‎②His job has something to do with telephones.‎ ‎③This has little to do with what we are talking about.‎ ‎④Do you have anything to do with that club?‎ He sends his regards/best wishes/love to you. 带人问好时 也可用:Please remember me to your parents.‎ head vi.向……前进,朝某方面行进。后面接for,forward的介词短语,或表示方向的副词east,eastward等。head south向南行 ‎①Where are we heading?‎ ‎②Those ships are heading for HongKong.‎ hear vt,;vi.‎ ‎(1)听见、听到(声音)。‎ ‎①Listen!I heard somebody knocking at the door.听!我听到有人敲门。‎ ‎②Old Granny can’t hear very well.老奶奶听觉不好了。‎ ‎(2)hear that(宾从)听说某事 ‎①I heard that he had come back.我听说他回来了。‎ ‎②I heard that we were going to Qingdao for a holiday.Is that true?听说我们要去青岛度假,是真的吗?‎ ‎(3)hear of 听说;获悉。‎ ‎①I have heard of him,though I don’t know him.尽管我不认识他,但我听说过他。‎ ‎②They have never heard of American country music.他们从没听说过美国的乡村音乐。‎ ‎③They have never heard American country music。他们从没听过美国的乡村音乐。‎ ‎(4)hear from sb.收到某人的来信。‎ ‎—Have you heard from Peter recently?最近收到彼得的信了吗?‎ ‎—No,I haven’t heard from him for three months.没有。我已3个月没收到他的信了。‎ heart短语归纳 lose heart 失去信心;lose one’s heart to sb./sth.爱上某人/事;give heart to sb.鼓励某人;give one’s heart sb./sth.爱上某人/事;put one’s heart into 一心扑在某事上;heart and soul全心全意地;have a kind heart有一幅好心肠;break one’s heart使某人伤心;learn…by heart 记住,背诵;with a heavy/light heart 心情沉重地/轻松愉快地 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①这个队一场比赛未赢,结果灰心了。‎ The team had won no game and it ________ ________.‎ ‎②我们很奇怪她怎么爱上一个外国老头。‎ We wonder why she ________ _________ ________ _______an ‎ old foreigner.‎ ‎③世上无难事,只怕有心人。‎ Nothing is too difficult in the world if you _______ _______‎ ‎________ _______it.‎ ‎④全心全意地为人民服务是一个党员的义务。‎ It’s the duty of a Party member to serve the people ________‎ ‎_________ _________ __________.‎ Key:①lost,heart②lost,her,heart,to③put,your,heart,into④heart,and,soul help oneself to“自行取用(食物等),随意使用”‎ Help yourself to more cakes.‎ help to do sth.‎ 该动宾结构意为“有助于干某事”,且不定式符号to 可以省略,即构成help do sth.的表达形式。如:‎ ‎①This book helps to understand this question.‎ ‎②Exercises help build up.‎ hold短语归纳 hold one’s hand 抓住某人的手;hold me by the arm抓住我的胳臂;hold one’s breath屏住气;hold back one’s tears 忍住泪水;hold a meeting 开会;hold 100 passengers容纳100名乘客;hold a position守住阵地;hold back 阻止;hold one’s head high昂首,趾高气扬;hold up the wounded part 抬高受伤的部位; hold it tight 抓紧;hold everything in secret 对一切都保密;catch/get/take hold of a rope 抓住绳子;hold a child in one’s arms 怀抱孩子;hold a final examination举行期末考试 ‎[应用]介、副词填空 ‎①Nothing can hold______the wheel of the history.‎ ‎②I held her _____ the hand and tried to follow her.‎ ‎③He was saved by taking hold______ the big stick.‎ ‎④Please hold______ your hand if you have any questions to ask.‎ Key: ①back ②by ③of ④up How do you do ? 初次见面打招呼 答语为How do you do ?也可用Nice /Glad/Pleased to meet you.熟人见面打招呼 How are you?随便一些可用Hello, Hi.‎ How do (did )you find…?(你觉得/认为……怎么样?)是征求对方对某人、某事的看法或意见的用语。回答时在find 后要跟复合宾语。‎ ‎ How did you find the dishes?‎ ‎ (I found them)Tasteless.‎ ‎ How do you find Peter Gray?‎ ‎ I found him dishonest.‎ How long have you had it?你买了多久了?‎ 瞬时动词come/go/leave/start/arrive/buy/die/join/borrow/marry等不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。如how long, for 和 since所表示的时间。‎ ‎①他去世三年了。‎ 不能说:He has died for 3 years.‎ 而应说:He has been dead for 3 years/He died 3 years ago. ‎ It is 3 years since he died.‎ ‎②他参军多久了?‎ 不能说:How long has he joined the army?‎ 而应说:How long has he been in the army?/How long has he been a soldier?/How long is it since he joined the army?‎ how long/how soon/how far/how often ‎(1)how long 多久。表示一段时间,句中的动词应是延续性的。是对for 或since等所表示的时间状语的提问。‎ ‎—How long have you lived here ?你在这里住多久了?‎ ‎①—For three years.3年了。‎ ‎②—Since 2019.从2019年至今。‎ ‎③—Since I graduated from college.从大学毕业至今。‎ ‎(2)how soon (将来)多久;(过)多久(以后)。是对in 所表示的时间状语的提问。‎ ‎—How soon can you finish the work?多久你能完成这工作?‎ ‎—In three hours. 3小时后。‎ ‎(3)how far 多远。用来提问距离。‎ ‎—How far is your hometown from here?你家乡离这里多远?‎ ‎—Twenty kilometres.20公里。‎ ‎(4)how often(每隔)多久;多经常。用来提问频度。‎ ‎—How often do you usually go home?你多久回家一次?‎ ‎—Twice a month. 一个月两次。‎ how to do sth.是由“疑问副词+动词不定式”构成的复合结构,在句中可作表语。‎ How to deal with it hasn’t been decided.‎ My question is how to feed so many people.‎ however adv. 然而;但是。表示转折,起承上启下的作用。本身具有相对的独立性,通常逗号与句子其他部分隔开。‎ ‎①He likes singing. He can’t sing very well, however. 他喜欢唱歌,然而唱不好。‎ ‎②He didn’t agree with me ; however, he said nothing.他不同意我的看法,但他什么也没说。‎ human(being)[c]人,与动物等对比的人(the human人类)‎ ‎ A human being tells the machine what to do, when to do and how to do.‎ ‎ 人让机器做什么、什么时候做和怎样做。‎ ‎ In the story human beings were replaced by robots.‎ ‎ 在这个故事里,人类被机器人所代替。‎ hurt,wound 二者都有“受伤”之意,但含义有所不同。‎ Wound指外伤,如枪伤、刀伤、剑伤等,尤指战争、战斗中受伤。而hurt既指肉体上的也指精神上的伤害,含强烈疼痛意味。如:‎ be badly wounded in the battle 战斗中受重伤;‎ wound sb.to death 使某人受伤致死;‎ hurt one’s back摔伤了后背;hurt one’s feeling伤害某人的感情;be hurt by his words被他的话所伤害。‎ 注意:A.wound可用作名词:‎ have a wound in the chest胸部受伤;‎ receive a serious wound受重伤;the wounded伤员。‎ B.hurt还可用作不及物动词,表示“疼痛难受”对比:‎ The girl fell off her bike. She hurt one of her legs hurts.‎ 姑娘从自行车上掉下来,有一条腿疼得厉害。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①这位战士头部受了伤.‎ The soldier ______ ______ _____in his head./The soldier ______‎ ‎_______in the head./The soldier head ______ ______.‎ ‎②他们说我的那些话使我很伤心。‎ I was rather__________by what they said about me.‎ ‎③我右腿疼。‎ My right foot ________.‎ ‎④他的伤似乎是很重。‎ It seemed that he _________badly_________.‎ Key:①received,a, would/was, wounded/was wounded ‎ ‎②hurt ③hurts ④was, hurt/wounded I must be off now. I must go now . I must be leaving now. 表示自己要走时 I think it would be a good idea to(do sth.)‎ ‎“我想,干某事是个好主意”(是委婉地提出建议的交际英语)。‎ A:I’m afraid I’m putting on weight.‎ B:I think it would be a good idea to keep on doing moning exercises.‎ idea n. 主意,想法 ‎①have an idea ②have the idea of doing ‎③have an idea that/wh-从句 He thought and thought, and then he had an idea.‎ 他想啊想,终于有了一个主意。‎ She had the idea of discussing the problem with her husband.‎ 她有一个与丈夫商讨此事的办法。‎ I have an idea that he will lose. 我认为他会输的。‎ Do you have any idea where he has gone?‎ 你知道他到哪儿去了吗?‎ if与unless的异同 ‎1)通常unless 等于if not 如:‎ I won’t go unless he comes .= I won’t go if the doesn’t come .‎ ‎2)在下面的句子中不可做此替换。如:‎ I’ll be surprised if he doesn’t have an accident .他要是不出事故,我倒会感到奇怪了。‎ unless 不能用于“由于未发生B而产生A”的句子,再如:‎ I’ll be quite glad if she doesn’t come this evening.要是他今晚不来,我才高兴呢。‎ mix .混合mixture n. 混合物 Water and oil will not mix .油和水不相溶合。‎ Mix black with white 混淆黑白。‎ 注意:下面句子中mix 的形式。‎ A rain is falling ,mixed with snow .雨夹着雪在下着。‎ I’m sorry(that)…很抱歉……。是自认为表现欠妥或做事失误时的道歉用语,其后的从句说明道歉的内容和原因。‎ ‎①I’m sorry I can’t answer the question.对不起我不会回答这个问题。‎ ‎②I’m sorry that I broke your glass.很抱歉我把你的杯子打破了。‎ imagine ‎1)接名词、代词:You can’t imagine the life on the island.你无法想象岛上的生活。‎ ‎2)接动名词:She never imagined her going abroad for further education.她从没设想过会出国深造。‎ ‎3)接从句:You can’t imagine how worried I was those days.你想象不到那几天我是多么焦虑啊。‎ ‎4)接复合宾语:The boy imagined himself to be a hero. 这男孩把自己想象成了英雄。‎ ‎[应用] 选择正确答案 I can hardly imagine Peter ______across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.(MET’91)‎ A.sail B.to sail C.sailing D.to have sailed Key:C improve ‎1)用作及物动词,意为“改善,使更好,增进,提高”。如:‎ improve one’s English/the living conditions/one’s method of study/oneself in maths提高英语水平/改善居住条件/改进学习方法/提高教学水平。‎ ‎2)用作不及物动词,意为“变得更好,增加。”如:‎ After two days’ rest his health is improving.‎ 经过两天的休息,他的健康状况在好转。‎ ‎3)用作名词:improvement of soil土壤改良;make improvement in 在某方面作出改进 ‎[应用]一句多译 ‎①他的中文水平在不断提高。‎ ‎②这篇文章你最好有所改进。‎ Key:①His Chinese is improving./He is improving his Chinese.‎ ‎②You’d better improve your article./You’d better make improvement in your article.‎ in prep. 在……之后。用于“将来一段时间之后”。‎ ‎① Your birthday is in two weeks’ time .你的生日还有两周。‎ ‎② I’ll finish the work in 3 days/in 3 days’ time. 这两项工作我3天后完成。‎ 注意:“将来具体时间之后”用after。‎ ‎① I’ll be back in 3 days.3天后我回来.‎ ‎② I’ll be back after the New year. 新年后我回来。‎ in a word总之=in one word ‎ In a word, I don’t trust him.‎ ‎ 总这,我不信任他。‎ ‎ Tom is brave, careful and calm. In a word, he is admirable.‎ ‎ 汤姆既勇敢、细心又镇静。总之,他很令人羡慕。‎ in charge of prep.担任……,管理……,负责 in the charge of a person?in a person’s charge由(某人)照料(管理)‎ take charge of 担任……,接管。‎ My father is in charge of this company.‎ in common, in general, in particular,in short ‎(1)in common(with)与……有共同处、(和……)一样。如:‎ They have nothing in common with one another.他们相互毫无共同之处。‎ ‎(2)in general 大体上、通常、一般说来。如:‎ In general boys like sports more than girls.一般说来,男孩比女孩更喜欢运动。‎ ‎(3)in particular= particularly特别、尤其。如:‎ I noticed his eyes in particular, because they were very big.我特别注意到他的眼晴,因为那双眼晴很大。‎ ‎(4)in short简单地说,总之。如:‎ The man, in short,is not to be trusted.总之,那个人是不何信任的。‎ in debt(to)欠债,欠人情 out of debt还清负债,没欠债 get(run,fall)into debt,vi.借债,负债 pay off the debt还清债务 She was always in debt when she was out of work.‎ In 1860,Abraham Lincoln was elected president….1860年林肯被选为总统。‎ president/chairman/head/captain/director/mornitor等表示头衔、职位的名词,在用作同位语、补语或表语时,前面通常不加冠词。‎ in future;in the future; for the future in future意思是“从今以后”。例如:‎ In future,be careful with your pronunciation.今后要注意你的发音。‎ Such a bad habit must be got rid of in future.今后成长须改掉这样的坏习惯。‎ in the furture意思是“将来、今后的日期”,但 不一定就是从今立即开始,而是将来的时间。例如:‎ No one can know what will happen in the future.没有人知道将来会发生什么事。‎ My sister wants to be actress in the future.我妹妹将来想当演员。‎ for the future的意思是“就未来而论、今后”,作“今后”解时可与in future替换使用。例如:‎ What are your plans for the future when you grow up? 你长大以后对你的未来有什么打算?‎ For the future, we’ll have to depend on ourselves.今后我们得依靠自己。‎ in honour of sb.(sth.) 为了纪念或表示敬意而举行某活动。‎ ‎①A memorial meeting was held in his honour.‎ ‎②It is only a dance in honour of my birthday.‎ in+名词+of in praise of为……颂扬、歌颂;in honour of 为纪念,为了向某人表示敬意;in memory of为了怀念;in favour of赞同,支持;in place of 代替;in charge of负责;in search of寻找;in need of 需要。‎ 注意:上述短语多用作表语、状语或定语。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子,句意不变 ‎①This is a book which sings high praise for pioneers.‎ This is a book ________ ________ ________ pioneers.‎ ‎②They startd off at once to look for the missing girl.‎ They started off at once________ ______ _______the missing girl.‎ ‎③We all agree to your plan.‎ We are all ______ ________ ______your plan.‎ ‎④We usr plastics instead of wood or metal.‎ We use plastics_______ ________ ________ wood or metal.‎ Key:①in, praise, of ②in, search, of ‎ ‎③in, favour, of ④in, place, of in one’s opinion 在某人看来,依照某人的看法,也可以说:‎ in one’s personal opinion 例:have a good /high opinion of sb . = think / speak well/highly of sb.‎ 对某人评价高,看法不好。‎ in one’s will在某人的遗嘱中 ‎ will作为名词使用时意为“遗嘱”“意志力”或“强烈的愿望”。‎ ‎ Her death is god’s will, I suppose.‎ ‎ 她的逝世是上帝的旨意,我估计。‎ His strong will enables him to refuse all the worldly pleaseres.‎ ‎ 他的强烈愿望使他可以拒绝世间所有的乐趣。‎ ‎ Where there is a will, there is a way.‎ ‎ 有志者,事竟成。‎ in other words换句话说 ‎ In other words, they failed to pass the exam.‎ ‎ 换句话说,他们考试没有及格。‎ ‎ He became, in other words, a great hero.‎ 也就是说,他成了一位大英雄。‎ in place/out of place在原处;在合适的位置。‎ ‎①You should keep everything in place.(=in order)‎ 你应该把所有的东西都放好。‎ ‎②What you said is somewhat out of place.你的话有些离谱了。‎ in the 1950s:in the 1950’s 20世纪50年代。介词也可用during。‎ early/late in the 1990s:in the early/late 1990’s。 20世纪90年代早期/晚期。‎ in the hope of 该短语表示“期待,抱有……的希望”,后接名词、代词或动名词,可替换成:in the hope that 从句或hoping to…。对比:‎ They got up very early in the hope of catching the first bus.‎ 他们起得很早,希望能赶上头班车。‎ 注意:have the hope of…/There be hope of…有希望 对比:She has the hope of success.她有成功的希望。‎ There is still hope of persuading him to change his mind.‎ 还有希望说服他改变主意。‎ ‎[应用]一句多译:‎ 他到那里去,希望买一些新鲜鱼。‎ He went there in the hope of buying some fresh fish./He ‎ Went there in the hope that he could buy some fresh fish./He went there hoping to buy some fresh fish.‎ in the last few years.‎ 该短语意为“最近几年”,常和现在完成时连用,表示以前某时开始一直延续至说话时的动作或状态。in可被during或over 替换。常用的还有:during the past ten days过去的10天里;over the last 5 months过去的5个月里;in the past few weeks 过去的几周里如:‎ We’ve learned quite a lot of English over the past three years.‎ 三年来我们学了不少英语。‎ ‎[应用]单句改错 ‎①Many factories were built in the last ten years in my hometown.‎ ‎②Both my father and mother have been busy since the past few weeks.‎ Key:①改were 为have been ‎②改since为for/in/over in the past sixty years在过去的60年里(常与现在完成时连用)‎ Great changes have taken place in the past few years.‎ in time及时(=not later than),终究(=sooner or later)‎ ‎ I hope you will arrive in time for the meeting .‎ 我希望你及时到会。‎ Work hard and you will succeed in time.‎ 努力工作那么最终你将成功。‎ Increase v.& n.(使……)增长/加 ‎ Travel can increase our knowledge of the world.旅行能加深我们对世界的了解。‎ The number of students in this school has increased to 3,000.这个学校的学生人数已增加到3000人。‎ The population of the area increased by 5% last year.这个地区的人口去年增加了5%。‎ an increase in production/ number/population.‎ 生产/数量/人口增加 information: news新闻;消息。为不可数名词,如果表示“几条消息”,应用piece ‎①The news is true.这条消息是真的。‎ ‎②a piece of news 一条新闻;一则消息。two pieces of news 两条新闻;两则消息。several pieces of news几条新闻;几则消息。‎ insist on doing sth.坚持做……‎ suggest doing sth.建议做……‎ enjoy doing sth.喜欢做……‎ 类似的admit,appreciate,avoid,consider,delay,deny,detest.dis ‎-like,endure,escape,excuse,face,feellike,finish,forgive,give up,can’t help,imagine, leave off,mention,mind,miss,postp ‎-hone,practise,put off, resist,risk,can’t understand,und ‎-erstand,mean(意味着)‎ 以上这些动词只能接动名词作宾语,不能接动词不定式作宾语。在介词之间,也只能用动名词作宾语。‎ Look forward to,object to ,be used to,in addition to,prefer…to,according to,stick to,etc.‎ insist表示“坚持要求(某人或主语本身)干某事。”;suggest 表示“建议”,以及order, demand, request, advise…,这些动词后的宾语从句常用虚拟语气形式。‎ 即主语+(should)+动词原形+……,should常可省略。如:‎ He insisted that he(should)be sent to the poorest place to work。他坚持要求派他去最贫穷的地方工作。‎ instead of instead of是短语介词,意思是“代替、而不”,后接名词、代词、动名词,有时接动词原形、不定式、形容词等。如:‎ I’ll take that book instead of this one.我要那本书不要这一本。‎ Instead of putting it off till the next day, he started working right away. 他立即开始工作,不把它拖到明天。‎ You should give him advice instead of money. 你应给他忠告而不是金钱。‎ A word of encouragement might have made me respect instead of hating him.一句鼓励的话当可时可能使我尊敬他而不是恨他。‎ Things are now better instead of worse.目前情况是好转而不是恶化。‎ We made the trip by train instead of by car.我们是乘火车旅行的,不是乘汽车。‎ instead of, instead, in place of, take the place of ‎ He went to attend the meeting instead of me .‎ I was ill so he went to attend the meeting instead .‎ 注意:instead 可用于句首,表示“相反的”。如:‎ She never studies .Instead, she plays tennis all day .她从不学习。相反地,她整天打网球。‎ in place of很多时候可与instead of换用,但更强调“取代”之意。如:‎ He isn’t fit for the job, so I’ll do it in place of him.他胜任不了这项工作,我要代他做。‎ take the place of 是动词短词,在句中做谓语,如:‎ Tractors have taken the place of horses .拖拉机已经取代了马。‎ 注意:instead of 后可接ing 形式,介词短语等。如:‎ ‎ He came by bus instead of by train.他是乘汽车来的而不是乘火车。‎ He wanted to go to a film instead of staying at home.他想去看电影而不是呆在家里。‎ Isn’t it easier to stay in the same place ?留在原地难道不更舒服一些吗?‎ 否定疑问句用来表示对某事感到惊讶,含批评意味。相当于汉语的“难道不/莫非……?” ‎ ‎① Don’t you know my address?难道你不知道我的地址吗?‎ ‎②Can’t you speak English?你难道不会说英语吗?‎ Isn’t it happy to live with us ?莫非和我们生活在一起不快乐?‎ It句型:主语+动词+it+形容词或名词+不定式短语 此句型中,it 作形式宾语,常用于句型中的动词有find,feel, think, consider, make等。Einstein.who was a Jew, found it impossible to continue living in Germany.‎ 爱因斯坦是一个犹太人,他发现他不可能在德国继续生活下去了。‎ ‎①I found it quite pleasant to work with him.我发现和他一起工作很愉快。‎ ‎②He feels it his duty to help others.他感到帮助别人是他的责任。‎ It is hoped that… 人们希望……‎ It said that … 据说……‎ It is believed that… 人们相信 It is reported that… 据报道……‎ It is hoped that our team will win the game.人们希望我们的队赢得比赛。‎ It is said that the strange old man is a great artist.据说那个怪老头是一位艺术大师。‎ It is believed that before writing was developed, people in China used to keep records by putting a number of stones together.人们认为,在出现书写以前,中国人常把石块放在一起来记事。‎ It is reported in the papers that the president of the U.S.A will arrive next Monday.据报纸报道美国总统下星期一抵达。‎ It is/was + adj. + for/of sb.+ to do sth.某人做某事是…….‎ 该句的It 为形式主语,真正的主语是后面的不定式(短语),for/of sb.是不定式的逻辑主语。能用于该句型的形容词常有:(1)important/ unimportant/ necessary/ possible/ impossible/ hard/ difficult/ easy/ useful/ usual/ unusual等。这些形容词的后面常用for来表示不定式的逻辑主语。‎ ‎①It’s important(for you)to learn English well.(你们)学好英语很重要。‎ ‎②It’s not easy for them to finish the work within three hours.对他们来说3小时内完成这项工作很难。‎ ‎(2)right/ wrong/ clever/ foolish/ stupid/ nice/ kind/ rude/ polite/ impolite等。这些形容词的后面常用of 介词短语表示不定式的逻辑主语。‎ ‎①It’s kind of you to help us.你们帮助我们真是太好了。‎ ‎②It’s impolite of a person to interrupt people while they are talking.打断别人谈话的人是不礼貌的。‎ It takes sb. some time to do sth .做某事花某人时间。其中的It 是形式主语。代替后面的不定式(短语)。‎ ‎①It will take us a whole week to travel through the forest. 穿过这片森林得用我们一整周时间。‎ ‎②It took them 3 days to finish the work.干完这项工作用了他们3天时间。‎ It’s time for sth . 该是做……的时候 如:‎ It’s time for lunch .该吃午饭了。‎ It’s time (for sb) to do sth . 如:‎ It’s time (for us )to go to school.(我们)该上学了。‎ 也可用如下说法:‎ The time has come for lunch.‎ The time has come for us to go to school.‎ 注意:在It’s time ……句式中time 前可加 high, about 等修饰词,用法不变。其后跟that 从句时要用虚拟语气。如:‎ It’s (high)time we got up.‎ It’s about time (that) he knew the truth.‎ 大约是他知道真相的时候了。(that可省略)‎ 接不定式和动名词意义不同的词 ‎1)remember doing/having done记得曾做过某事remember to do记住去做某事 对比:‎ Do you remember meeting me at a party last year?‎ Please remember to write to your parents when you get there.‎ ‎2)regret doing/having done 后悔做了(或没做)某事/regret to do遗憾地去做某事 对比:‎ I regret telling her the truth.‎ I regret to say that you are completely wrong.‎ ‎3)try to do 尽力去做/try doing 试着去做 对比:She tried to learn it by heart.‎ She tried adding more salt to the soup.‎ ‎4)forget doing 忘记曾经做过/forget to do忘记去做 对比:I forget reading about it in a magazine.‎ Don’t forget to shut off the gas when you finish cooking.‎ ‎5)stop doing 停止做/stop to do 停止某一动作去作另一动作(说明停止的目的)‎ 对比:They didn’t start until it stopped raining .‎ We stopped to see what was going on.‎ ‎6)mean doing 意味着/mean to do 打算,意图做 对比:Missing the train means waiting for an hour.‎ I meant to come, but a friend of mine went to see me .‎ ‎7)want doing 需要(物作主语,动名词主动表示被动)/want to do 想做(人作主语)‎ 对比:The wall wants painting. I want to paint the wall myself.‎ join,join in, take part in ,attend ‎1)join 表示“加入党派,组织、社团、俱乐部”等。‎ 如:join the Party/Youth League/army/club/organization入党/入团/参军/加入俱乐部/加入组织。Would yo join us(in) singing?和我们一起唱歌吧!‎ His brother joined the army a year ago.‎ 他哥哥一年前参军了。‎ Join还可表示“来(去)和某人呆在一起,把……连在一起”‎ I will join you in a few minutes.我一会就过来。‎ Please join the two ends of the rope together.把绳子两头接起来。‎ ‎2)join in 表示“参加正在进行的活动”。如 :join in a game /discussion/conversation/walk/talk参加游戏/讨论/谈话/一起散步/一起讨论。亦可说:join sb. in (doing)sth.表示“加入某人一起做某事”。‎ ‎3)take part in 表示“参加会议、活动”,侧重说明主语参加并发挥一定作用,part 前若有修饰语,要用不定冠词。如:take (an active)part in a party/school activities/physical labour(积极)参加聚会/学校活动/体力劳动。‎ ‎4)attend 表示“出席、参加会议、仪式、婚礼、葬礼、典礼、上课、上学、听报告”。如:attend a meeting/a sports meeting/a concer/a show/school/a lecture参加会议/运动会/出席音乐会/出席展览会/上学/听演讲。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我哥哥参军2年了。‎ It’s two years since my brother_______the army.‎ ‎②我的朋友和我一起祝你生日快乐。‎ All my friends_______ ________ ________ wishing you a happy birthday.‎ ‎③今晚有一个聚会,你参加吗?‎ There will be a party this evening. Are you going to_______ ______ _______ it?‎ ‎④迈克没有参加莉莉的婚礼。‎ Mike didn’t ______ Lily’s wedding.‎ Key:①joined ②join,me,in③take,part,in ④attend keep doing sth.连续、持续地做某事。‎ ‎①They kept sitting there for several hours.他们在那里连续坐了好几个小时。‎ ‎②He kept asking silly questions.他不住地问些愚蠢的问题。‎ keep ;store; save 三个词都有“存”的含义。‎ store是及物动词,“储藏、储存”的意思,一般强调在一个空间范围内的保管和收藏。如:‎ We had to store all this while we were away. 我们不在家时,得把所有的一切都收藏起来。如:‎ After harvest we store the grain.收割后我们把粮食存起来。‎ save既可以是及物动词也可以是不及物动词,可指货币的储蓄。如:‎ He was out of work, he had saved no money before.他失业了,以前也没有攒下钱。‎ They are saving for a house.他们正在存钱买房。‎ keep也有“保存”的意思,与store比较,它并不强调特定的地点和场所,是由“保留”的意思引申而来的。如:‎ I have kept the old letters all the time.我一直把这些旧信保存了下来。‎ Will you keep the papers for me?你能为我保存这些论文吗?‎ keep off 短语动词。意为“远离”、“制止”、“使避开”、“不让接近”。如:‎ A board stands by the house on which were written “keep off”.‎ At night they made a fire to keep wild animals off.‎ keep one’s word 该动宾词组意为“守信”,“遵守诺言”。词组里word不能用复数形式words.同义词组为“keep a promise”,反义词组为 ‎“break one’s word”。如:‎ Once you promise someone to do something,you should keep your word.‎ keep sb.healthy使……保持健康 keep,n.“使维持(某种状态)”后可接adj.(ving,p.p,adv.)等作宾补。‎ ‎①I was so tired that I could hardly keep myself awake.‎ ‎②I’m sorry to have kept you waiting so long.‎ ‎③Keep your mouth shut and your eyes open.‎ ‎④They kept us out.‎ ‎⑤Once a cold kept him in bed for three days.‎ keep up 该短语动词有以下现象,分述如下:‎ ‎①keep sth.up使不低落,遵守 如:Even if we fail we should keep up our spirits.‎ ‎②keep sb.up使晚睡 如:It’s wrong to keep the children up so late.‎ ‎③keep up with sb.赶上,不落后,保持联系 如:I still keep up with my college classmates far away.‎ 我仍与远方的大学同学保持着联系。‎ Knee ‎ go down on one’s knees 双膝跪地 go down on one knee单膝跪地 如:①The son went down on his knees, begging his father for ‎ mercy.‎ ‎②Some football players celebrate their“goal”by going down ‎ on one knee.‎ knock into 该短语意为“把……敲人” ,也可意译为“撞着某人/某物”如:‎ ‎①The wall is so hard I can’t knock nails into it. ‎ ‎②He was reading while he eas walking and knocked into a tree.‎ lack lack可用作及物或不及物动词,还可用作不可数名词,有“缺乏,缺少”之意。如:‎ lack money/courage缺钱/ 缺少勇气;lack(in) experience/ courage缺少经验/勇气;have no lack of...不缺乏;for lack of…因为缺乏。对比:‎ He is lacking in courage./He lacks courage.他缺少勇气。‎ The plants died for lack of water. 因为缺水植物枯死了。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她经验不足,无法获得这项工作。‎ She________ ______ ______to get the job.‎ ‎②他们不缺钱,而缺技术工作。‎ They______ ______ _______ of money but_______skilled workers.‎ Key: ①lacked,the,experience ②have,no,lack,lack lately; recently 两者均可表示“近来、最近”,但用法不同。‎ recently 是书面语,常被quite,just,but, very,only等词所修饰,以加强语气。主要用于肯定句中。如:‎ He’s only recently begun billogy. 他只是最近才开始学生物。‎ I didn’t know it until quite recently.我一直到最近才知道。‎ Lately常用于口语,指与现在有联系的一段时间,常见于否定句或疑问句中。如:‎ I haven’t seen him lately.我近来没有看到他。‎ lay the table, lay breakfast 两个动词短语均可作“摆好桌子”解,但各自的确切含意不同:lay the table单纯指“摆桌子(准备吃饭)”,可用于早、中、晚三餐的任何一餐的场合,如:‎ I only laid the table.我只是摆好了餐桌(准备吃饭)。而“lay breakfast”则很明确地表示“摆桌子(吃早餐)”。如:‎ I have laid lunch.我已经摆好午餐的桌子了。‎ He has laid supper.他已把晚餐的桌子摆好了。‎ leave sth. to sb.(在死后)将……留给某人;请某人负责某事 ‎ His aunt left all her property to him after her death. 他姑姑死后将所有财产都留给他了。‎ ‎ I’ll leave it to you to buy the tickets.我委托你负责买票。‎ lend to 引导;引起,造成,导致。‎ ‎①Labour leads to happiness.劳动使人幸福。‎ ‎②Where does this road lead to?这条路通向哪里?‎ His carelessness led to his failre.他的粗心导致失败。‎ ‎ Too much work or too little rest often leads to illness.过度工作或很少休息经常导致疾病。‎ Difference of opinion led to a heated argument.意见分歧导致了激烈的争论。‎ lecture, speech, talk, repot lecture多指学术方面的“演讲,报告”;而speech指在公众面前做的经过准备的较正式的“演说,发言”;talk是一般性的“讲话,谈话”,report指正式的“报告,报道,汇报”。‎ ‎[应用]英译汉 ‎①give a lecture ②attend a lecture ‎③make a speech ④give a talk ‎⑤receive a report ⑥make a report ‎⑦send in a report ⑧a school report key:①作演讲 ②出席演讲会 ③发表演说 ④发表讲话 ⑤收到报告⑥作报告 ⑦呈交报告 ⑧成绩报告单 lie—lied—lied—lying lie—lay—lain—lying lay—laid—laid—laying 分析:(1)lie—lied—lied—lying意思是“说谎”。‎ 例:I have never lied in my life.‎ Obviously he was lying.‎ ‎(2)lie—lay—lain—lying意思是:“躺、平放、卧”“位于”。‎ 例:The children lay on the grass, looking at the beautiful sky.‎ The look is lying on the desk.‎ ‎(3)lay—laid—laid—laying 意思是“放置”“产(卵)”“下(蛋)”,lay是原形动词。‎ 例:She laid the baby gently down on the bed.‎ The hen laid an egg yesterday.‎ 注意:①lying既是“说谎”的现在分词,又是“躺、位于”的现在分词。‎ ‎②lay既是“放置、产卵”“下蛋”的原形动词,又是“躺、位于”的过去式。‎ lie in 短语动词lie in 意为“在于”。如:‎ The way out lies in the development of education.‎ like 用法小结 ‎(1)like 用做动词(及物)通常表示一般的“喜欢”,为口语用词,词意没有love感情强烈,反义词为hate。‎ ‎①like + n.(pron.)‎ Does Li Ming like bananas?李明喜欢吃香蕉吗?‎ Do you like it?你喜欢它吗?‎ ‎②like + v.-ing(动名词)‎ Do you like working in China?你喜欢在中国工作吗?‎ ‎③like + to + v.(不定式)‎ I like to keep busy.我喜欢生活得紧张。‎ ‎④would like(=would love)后接名词、代词或不定式,多用于有礼貌地提出要求,意为“想要、愿意”。‎ Would you like something to drink?你想喝点什么吗?‎ I’d like two sweaters for my daughter.我要给我女儿买两件运动衫。‎ Would you like to come?你愿意来吗?‎ ‎⑤How do you like...?(=What do you think of...?)此句型用于询问对方对某人(物)的看法,意为“你觉得 ……怎么样?”‎ How do you like China?你觉得中国怎么样?‎ ‎ (2)like 用做介词,意为“像……一样”,反义词为unlike。‎ ‎ ①like 后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。‎ Don’t throw it like that .别那样扔它。‎ They’re round,like the moon.它们是圆的,像月亮一样。‎ Walking on the moon is just like flying .在月球上行走就像飞一样。‎ ‎②look like意为“看起来像……一样”。‎ It looks like a chicken.它看起来像一只鸡。‎ ‎③feel like+v-ing意为“想……”。‎ I had a little,but I don’t feel like eating.我吃了一点,可我不想吃。‎ ‎④What’s the weather like...?(=How’s the weather like...?)此句型用来询问天气情况,意为“……天气怎么样?”。‎ What’s the weather like in Australia now?现在澳大利亚天气情况怎么样?‎ It’s (just)like sb. to do sth.‎ 该句意思是“某人(恰恰)就是……这个样子”,表示赞扬或不满;若用否定式,则表示怀疑。如:‎ It is just like her to think of others before thinking of herself.‎ like crazy 这是一个固定词组,口语用语,意为“疯狂地”,“拼命地”。如:‎ In order to finish his work on time, he worked like crazy.‎ crazy是个形容词,意为“狂热的”,“醉心的”,与about连用。如:‎ Most youths are crazy about famous stars.‎ live by it赖……为生;以……为生(Δ不可用于被动语态)‎ Live by(one’s)pen 以笔耕为生 live out 活着,熬过 live through(it)活过,度过……而不死 (Δ不可用于被动语态)‎ The patient will not live through the night.‎ l ive…life过着……生活 live a hard life过着艰苦的生活 live a happy life 过着愉快的生活 live a quiet life过着安静的生活 live a miserable life过着悲惨的生活 Einstein lived the rest of his life quietly in the USA.爱因斯坦在美国安静地度过了他的余生。‎ The working people are living a happy life now.劳动人民过着幸福的生活。‎ 由look构成的短语:‎ look back upon/on回顾,回想过去 ‎ I like to look back upon my high-school days. 我喜欢回忆我高中时的岁月。‎ ‎ Perhaps some day it will be pleasant to look back upon these days. 或许将来有一天回忆起这些日子很令人愉快。 ‎ ‎ look as if /as though看起来好像 ‎ look around环视四周 ‎ look after照顾;照看 look out当心 ‎ look behind回头看 look through浏览 ‎ look down向下看 look up 向上看;查寻 ‎ look into调查;研究 look at,stare at,glance at look at指把眼睛转向目标,译成“看,看着”;stare at 表示由于吃惊、害怕或深思而张大眼睛看,译成“盯着,注视,凝视”,glance at指“匆匆一看,一瞥”。对比:‎ She stared at the footprint,full of fear.‎ 她两眼盯着脚印,满心恐惧。‎ I’d like to look at your photo.‎ 我想看看你的照片。‎ The middle-aged woman glanced at her watch and hurried off.‎ 那位中年妇女匆匆看了一下表就离开了。‎ 注意搭配:stare straight at 直直地盯着;stare into space凝视着空中;stare sb.in the face 盯着某人的脸看;stare sb.up and down.上下打量某人;glance over(through)a letter匆匆阅读一封信;glance round a room匆匆环视房间;at a glance 一看就……;give/take a glance at 对……匆匆一看。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她凝视远方,在思考着 She was ________ ________the distance,thinking.‎ ‎②她羞涩地从她的扇子后面看了他一眼。‎ She ______shyly______him form behind her fan.‎ Key:①staring,into ②glanced,at look forward to sth.(doing sth.)渴望、企盼……‎ ‎①They are looking forward to getting news of him.‎ 他们渴望听到有关他的消息。‎ ‎②We should look forward,and don’t give up.‎ 我们应该向前看(乐观一些)不能放弃。‎ lose one’s sight(way; life; work;reason)分别表示:失明;迷路;牺牲;失业;失去理智等。如:‎ His son lost his life in the fighting.他儿子在战斗中牺牲了。‎ Love be in love with sb. ‎ 该短语意为“爱上某人”,其中的be可用fall替换,即fall in love with sb.也意为“爱上某人”。如:‎ Henry was/fell in love with Mary.‎ make love to sb .向某人示爱 make a promise 该动词短语意为“允诺”,其中的promise为名词,与它搭配的词组还有keep one’s promise(守信)等。如:‎ He’s always making promises and then breaking them.‎ Promise 也可是动词(vt.& vi.)意为“允诺”,“答应”。‎ 所用动词句型为:‎ promise to do sth(不定式作宾语)‎ promise sb. to do sth.(后接双宾语)‎ promise (sb)that – clause ‎(that-clause为宾语从句)‎ 如:①He promises me to buy a bike for my birthday gift.‎ ‎②He promises me that he will buy a bike for my birthday gift.‎ make……do sth.使……做某事。做补语的不定式不带to,但在被动语态中则带to,即:be made to do sth.‎ The landlord made him work 12 hours a day.地主让他一天干12个小时的活。‎ 被动式:He was made to work 12 hours a day(by the landlord).‎ 与make意义相近的词还有let/have/get,但get的使用结构为:get…to do sth.‎ How can we get the trees to grow quicker?我们怎么能让树长快点呢?‎ make fun of取笑;嘲笑。‎ ‎①It’s wrong to make fun of the blind.取笑盲人是不对的。‎ ‎②It’s bad manners to make fun of a person who is in trouble.拿困境中的人开玩笑是不礼貌的。‎ make sure 弄肯定,设法做到,确保,安排妥,务必,后接宾语从句。如:‎ He made sure that he had enough food for the journey.他设法为旅行备足了食物。Make sure(that)you pick the child up at five.‎ Please make sure the house is locked.务必确保房门已锁上。‎ make sure 后还可接of或about ,指“弄清,搞明”如:‎ Have you made sure of the time of the train?你搞清楚火车的时间了吗?‎ We’ve made sure of our seats for the movie.‎ 比较:be sure of sth. /be sure that……确信……‎ be sure to do sth .一定……,必然……‎ be sure of doing sth.对做某事有把握 如:‎ I’m sure of his success. = I’m sure that he’ll succeed.我确信他会成功。‎ He is sure to succeed .他一定会成功的。(说话人的判断)‎ He is sure of succeeding in the exam.他对考试成功是有把握的。‎ 注意:It’s certain that he’ll win.此时不能用It’s sure that ……‎ make…to one’s own measure“依照某人的尺寸做……”如:‎ This coat is made to you own measure,I’m sure it will fit you nicely.这件大衣是你订做的,我想肯定很合身。‎ to当介词用,“依照、按照”如:‎ She is dancing to the music.她在随音乐节拍跳舞。‎ make up 编(造);构成;化妆make up 组成,构成。还有“化妆、打扮;编造(故事等),弥补” 之意The government is made up of ten members.‎ She made up a story to avoid being examined.‎ It’s a lie. He made up the story.这是谎言,都是他编造出来的。‎ Ten doctors made up a medical team.十名医生组成了一支医疗队。‎ Although she doesn’t make up, she looks beautiful.尽管不化妆,她依然美丽。‎ make use of ‎ 该短语动词意为“利用”,其中use 前可被good,the best, much,little no修饰。如:‎ You must make good use of any opportunities you have of practi-‎ sing English.‎ 以 use为核心,组成的词组有:‎ in use 在使用中;out of use(目前)不使用 come into use 开始被使用;go out of use 不再使用。‎ manage vt.经营;设法;对付 She managed the house very well.她把家管理得很好。‎ We managed to finish the work ahead of time.‎ 我们设法提前完成了任务。‎ I shan’t be able to manage without help.‎ 没有人帮助,我无法办到。‎ ‎[辨析] manage to do sth. /try to do sth.‎ manage to do sth.强调已达到目的或出现了结果,含“成功”之意。try to do sth.意为“试图或尽力做某事”,多表示一种企图或决心,而不表示一定成功。如:‎ we’ve managed to make up for the lost time.‎ 我们设法把失去的时间补了回来。‎ He tried to pass the examination,but failed.‎ 他努力想通过考试,但没成功。‎ manage to do/try to do manage to do sth. 意为“设法完成或做到某事”,含有成功之意。‎ ‎ He managed to organize a live concert. = He succeeded in organizing a live concert.‎ 他设法组织了一次现场直播的音乐会。‎ try to do sth.意为“试图做,尽力做某事”,是否成功,并不肯定。‎ He tried to work it out, but he failed.他努力想把它算出来,但没成功。‎ marry She married very early/well.她结婚很早/她嫁得很好。‎ Jane iis going to marry John.简就要嫁给约翰了。‎ ‎—Is she married?她结婚了吗?‎ ‎—Yes, she has been married for five years.是的,她已经结婚五年了。‎ ‎ She was married to a doctor.她和一个医生结了婚。‎ He married his son to a rich lady.他为独生子娶了个有钱的女子。‎ masses of…‎ 该词组意为“大量的”,与lots of 相同,后接可数名词或不可数名词。如:They saved masses of money by improving technology.‎ a mass of…意为“一大堆……”,“一大片……”。‎ ‎“情态动词may/might +完成时”的结构,有以下用法:‎ ‎①may/might + have + 过去分词表示推测过去某动作“可能”发生了。如:‎ I can’t find my sunglasses, I may/might have left them at the restaurant yesterday.‎ 一般来说,may和might两者意思上没什么区别,只是may比might表示的可能性大些。如:‎ He may have heard of it from Jack.‎ He might have heard of it from Jack.‎ 在下列情况下,may和might 用法有区别:‎ 句子的主要动词是现在时,间接引语中用may/might;‎ 句子的主要动词是过去时,间接引语中只用might.如:‎ He says that she may/might have misunderstood him.‎ He said that she might have misunderstood him.‎ ‎②might + have + 过去分词,表示对本来可能发生而实际并未发生的动作的感叹或遗憾含有“责备”、“抱怨”之意,而may + 完成时无此含义。如:‎ You might have told us earlier.‎ This medicine might have cured your cough mean to do sth.‎ 该结构意为“有意要干某事”。如:‎ I’m very sorry if I hurt your feelings in fact.I didn’t mean to.‎ mend ; repair ‎ repair指将受损、故障、用旧之物修理好,如用于修补机械方面的东西多用repair。如:‎ Ask him to repair my watch/TV set.请他给我修一下手表/电视机。‎ The garage charged forty dollars to repair the car. 修车行修理这辆车收了四十美元。‎ repair还可作“弥补、补偿”讲。如:‎ How can I repair the damage I have caused?我怎样才能弥补我造成的损失?‎ I’d like to repair our differences .我想我们应该重归于好。‎ mend指将打破、撕碎或用坏之物修补完整,“缝补衣服”多用mend。如:‎ His clothes need mending.他的衣服该补了。‎ She mended the broken jar with cement. 她用水泥把破碎的缸补好了。‎ mend 还可意为“改正、纠正、治愈、使恢复健康”等。如:‎ The prisoner is mending his way.囚犯在改过自新。‎ It is never too late to mend.亡羊补牢,犹未为晚。‎ mistake短语归纳 ‎ 1)用作名词:by mistake由于差错;make mistakes 出错;make no mistake没出错;correct one’s mistake改正错误;recognize one’s mistake承认错误;make mistake about sb./sth.误会(解)某人/事 ‎2)用作动词:mistake one’s meaning误解某人的意思;mistake sb./sth.for错当成,误以为是……;be mistaken 弄错,错误的。‎ moment短语归纳 for a moment 一会儿;in a moment一会儿之后;a few moments alter过一会儿;a moment ago刚才;at any moment随时,立刻;at the moment此刻,现在;at that very moment 就在那时。‎ 注意:the moment此结构中,the moment 用作连词,引导一时间状语从句,表示“一……就”。相同意思和用法的表达形式还有:the minute, the instant 和the second。如:‎ Telephone me the moment you get the results.‎ The moment the teacher entered the classroom,the students stood up.老师一进教室,学生们就站起来了。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①你最好不要离开,主席随时会到这里。‎ The chairman will be here______ ______ ______,so you’d better not be off.‎ ‎②我稍等一下,他一会儿就到。‎ Just______ ______,he will come here______ a moment.‎ Key:①at,any,moment ②a, moment,in more ‎ twelve more steps意为“再有12个台阶”‎ We must climb twelve more steps to the top.‎ 基数词 + more + n.s.= another + 基数词 + n.s.如:‎ There are 3 more chairs /another 3 chairs for dinner.‎ more and more… 越来越……‎ ‎ Our school is becoming more and more beautiful.我们的校园变得越来越美丽了。‎ more or less 或多或少;大体上;大约。‎ ‎①—How far is your family away from here?你家离这里多远? ‎ ‎—Ten kilometres ,more or less.大约10公里。‎ ‎②The work is more or less finished. 这项工作大体上完成了。‎ no longer 不再。通常置于行为动词之前,动词be之后,偶尔也置于全句的末尾。‎ ‎①He no longer lives here.他不住这里了。‎ ‎②Don’t worry about her. After all she is no longer a child .别为她担心。毕竟她不再是个小孩子了。‎ ‎③I shall wait no longer.我不等了。‎ more than 该词组意为“不仅仅是”,“不只是”。‎ 如:Flag is more than a piece of cloth. It stands for a state.‎ More than 与one 连用,构成词组more than one 后接单数的名词和动词。如:‎ More than one person is going to lose his job.‎ must + have + 过去分词 表示推测过去某动作“一定发生了”。如:‎ ‎—They quarrelled quite often and whenever they quarrelled they threw glasscup at each other.‎ ‎—They must have broken a lot of glasses.‎ necessary ‎ necessary主要用于两种句型:①It’s necessary for sb. to do ‎ sth.某人有必要做某事②It’s necessary that…有必要……。注意:that从句中谓语用should + 动词原型,should 可省略。另外:不能使用sb. is necessary to do 结构,因为通常是“某事或做某事有必要”,而非人有必要。误:He is necessary to return home this afternoon. 正:It’s necessary for him to return home this afternoon.‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①他有必要改进自己的学习方法。‎ ‎②有必要的话,我们可以多雇几个人收庄稼。‎ Key:‎ ‎①It’s necessary for him to improve his method of study:/It’s necessary that the should improve his method of study。‎ ‎②If necessary,we’ll employ more men for the harvest.‎ no longer 常可相当于not…any longer. not 用来否定谓语, any longer 置于句末。上面的句子可分别改作:‎ ‎①He don’t live here any longer.‎ ‎②Don’t worry about her. After all she isn’t a child any longer.‎ ‎③I shall not wait any longer.‎ 注意:no more(相当于not…any more)也是“不再”的意思。no longer是把现在的情况和过去对比,时态以现在时为多,有时也用过去时或将来时;no more 指今后如何,通常用将来时态。‎ ‎①I can no longer stand it.我再也受不了。‎ ‎②I will go there no more.我再也不到那地方去了。‎ 美国人有时用起来比较随便。‎ He is no more/no longer ill.他的病好了。‎ 另外:涉及数量或程度时要用no more; 谈到时间表示once but not now(有一度、曾经那样,但现在不了时),要用no longer.‎ ‎①There is no more bread.没有面包了。‎ ‎②I no longer support the Conservative Party.我不再支持保守党了。(曾经支持过)‎ no more than:only仅仅;只有。具有感情色彩,强调“少”。与no less than 相对。‎ Not more than:less than;at most不到;至多。说明客观事实。与not less than相对。‎ ‎①He has no more than 20 yuan.他只有20元钱。(强调钱“少”)‎ He has not more than 20 yuan.他有不到20元钱。(说明客观事实)‎ ‎②No less than 50 people attended the meeting.参加会议的人不少于50多个。(强调“多”)‎ Not less than 50 people attended the meeting.参加会议的有50多人。(说明客观事实)‎ 注意:no用于比较级之前总含有感情色彩;not用来否定比较级则只说明客观事实。‎ ‎①you are no taller than I.你并不比我高。(我们两人都矮)‎ you are not taller than I.你不如我高。‎ ‎②This question is no more diffcult than that one.这个问题并水比那个(容易的)问题难。‎ This question is not more diffcult than that one.这个问题不如那个问题难。‎ no more than;not more than;no more...than;not more...than no more than 意为“仅仅、只不过”,相当于only。它与数字连用时,意为“仅仅至多”,强调“少”,带有说话者的感情色彩。如:‎ I am no more than a teacher.我只是个教师而已。‎ There were no more than two hospitals in this city before liberation.解放前,这座城市里只有两家医院(表示很少)‎ not more than 后面接数词时,表示“不超过、最多”的意思。用来说明情况,并含有“少”之意,也不带有说话者的主观色彩。如:‎ There are not more than ten minutes left.最多只剩下10分钟了。(表示客观事实)‎ ‎“no more+形容词(副词)原级+than”意为“两者同样不”,前面和后面同时否定,带有感情色彩。如:‎ This tool is no more useful than that one.‎ 这件工具与那件工具一样没有用。(两者都没有用)‎ ‎“not more+形容词(副词)原级+than”意为“A不比B更……”。这是比较级的正规用法,表示比较的事实,两者都肯定。如:‎ This tool is not more useful than one.这样工具不及那件工具有用。(两者都有用)‎ noise ; voice; sound ‎ 这三个词均指“声音”‎ voice是可数名词,指人发出的声音。如:‎ I didn’t recognize John’s voice on the telephone.在电话里我没听出约翰的声音。‎ We could hear the children’s voices in the garden.我们能听见花园里孩子们的声音。‎ sound词意最广泛,它包括各种性质的声响,不论大声还是小声,音乐或噪音,有意义的还是无意义的声音均可,多作可数名词。如:‎ A joyful sound came from the distance. 远处传来欢快的声音。‎ The door was open, and the sound came from the kitchen.门开着,声音是从厨房传来的。‎ noise泛指一切在的、杂乱的或令人讨厌的杂声和吵闹声,既指单一的刺耳、尖锐、磨擦的声响,也可指混合在一起不协调的声响,不论是由人或物所发出的,可以是可数的,也可以是不可数的。如:‎ Loud noise can make people ill.大的噪音能使人生病。‎ Don’t make such a loud noise.别弄出这么大的声响。‎ Not all the parts of the car will be made in the factory.并非所有的汽车零件都在这个工厂里制造。‎ not 与总括词(即表示全部意义的词)连用,表示部分否定。not 有两个位置,可放在总括词前,也可用来否定谓语。不管总括词在句中作主语,还是作宾语、状语,都表示部分否定。‎ 常见的总括词有:both/all/every/everyone/everybody/everything/everywhere. ‎ ‎①Not all of them go in for sports.他们并不都喜欢运动。‎ 相当于:All of them don’t go in for sports.‎ 或:Some of them go in for sports,but others don’t.‎ ‎②I don’t like both of the novels.这两部小说我并不都喜欢。‎ 相当于:I like only of the novels.‎ ‎③You can’t get this kind of vegetables everywhere.这种疏菜你并不是在哪里都能买到。‎ 相当于:You can only get this kind of vegetables somewhere.‎ 如果表示全部否定则应用:neither(两者)/none(多者)/no one/nobody/nothing/nowhere.‎ ‎①None of them go /goes in for sports.他们都不喜欢运动。‎ ‎②I like neither of the novels.这两部小说我都不喜欢。‎ ‎③You can get this kind of vegetables nowhere.在哪里你也买不到这种疏菜。‎ not…but … 不是……而是……‎ Shakespeare was not a musician but a writer.莎士比亚不是音乐家而是作家。[来源:学_科_网Z_X_X_K]‎ Not the students but the teacher is hoping to visit the Great Wall.不是学生而是老师希望去参观长城。‎ He can’t read or write in English,but can speak English fluently.他不能读英语和写英语,但能流利地说英语。‎ They neet not money but time.他们所需要的不是钱,而是时间。‎ not just…but…:not only…but(also)…(also可省略)不仅/不但……而……。‎ 该句型可连接两个并列的主语、谓语、宾语、表语和状语,说话的侧重点在后一部分。当连接两个并列主语时,谓语应同靠近的主语在人称和数上取得一致。‎ ‎①Not just you but he likes the country music very much.不但你,而且他也很喜欢乡村音乐。‎ ‎②He can not just drive but repair a car.他不仅会开而且会修车。‎ ‎③I like not just pop music but country music.我不仅喜欢流行音乐,而且喜欢乡村音乐。‎ ‎④This book is not just interesting but also useful.这本书不但有趣而且有用。‎ ‎⑤Lu Xun is famous not just in China but in the whole world.鲁迅不只在中国有名,而且在全世界都很著名。‎ not only…but also ‎①连续两个并列主语时,谓语和but also后的一致(即就近原则)‎ ‎②Not only…but also…构成一倒装句式(强调状语或谓语时用;强调主语时不用倒装)。‎ ‎①Not only you but also he likes playing football.‎ 不光你,他也喜欢踢足球。‎ ‎②Not only can he sing, but also he can dance well.‎ 他不仅能唱歌,舞也跳的不错。‎ ‎(注意,第一句倒装,第二句不用倒装形式)‎ not…until三种句型 not…until有三种句型,即:正常语序、倒装语序和强调句型。‎ ‎(1)正常语序 The mother didn’t leave the room until the child fell asleep.‎ I didn’t know the truth of it until the next day.‎ ‎(2)倒装语序 Not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the room.‎ Not until the next day did I know the truth of it.‎ ‎(3)强调句型 ‎ It was not until the child fell asleep the mother left the room.‎ It was not until the next day that I knew the truth of it.‎ ‎(4)注意事项 ‎①在not…until句型中,主句中的动词均为短暂性动词,如leave,start等。而在until的肯定句型中,主句的谓语动词一定要用延续性动词,因为until作为连词和介词意为up to the time when; up to“直到……时”。如:‎ ‎②until只连接表示时间的短语和从句,不能用于地点和数量。如:‎ We walked until the edge of the forest.(误)‎ Our classroom can hold until fifty students.(误)‎ ‎ from time to time now and again means now and then 时而 sometimes once in a while at times now that; due to; because of; owing to; since; as now that作“既然”讲时,相当于since。now that中的that 可省去。如:Now(that)you are well again, you can travel, 你既然恢复了健康,就能够旅行了。‎ due to作 “起因于、归功于”时,常作表语或跟在名词后,如:‎ His failure is due to the fact that he lacks experience.他的失败源于他缺少经验。‎ Mistakes due to carelessness may have serious results.粗枝大叶造成的错误可能带来严重后果。‎ The team’s success was largely due to her efforts.该队的成功在很大程度上是由于她的努力。‎ because of“由于、因为”,在句中作状语或表语。如:‎ Lincoln is admired because of his good leadership.林肯由于其出色的领导而受到人们的赞赏。‎ His anger is because of your bad deeds.他是因你的失礼行为而生气。‎ owing to“由于、因为”,常在现代英语中与because of, due to换用。如:‎ Owing to unfavourable weather, I was unable to carry on with it.由于天气不好,我不能把它进行下去。‎ nowhere放在句首,该句应使用倒装结构。‎ Nowhere is there a place for him to settle down.‎ 类似的副词还有hardly scarcely, no sooner,seldom, never, little等。‎ Of + n.(抽象句词)相当于该名词相应的形容词,在句中可用作表语或补语。‎ 能用于该句型的名词有:help/ use/ value/ importance等。其对应的形容词分别为:helpful/ useful/ valuable/ important.‎ ‎①This book is of great use/ very useful.这本书很有用。‎ ‎②His advice is of great value/ very valuable.他的建议很有价值。‎ ‎③English is of great importance/ very important to us.英语对我们来说很重要。‎ offer offer sth.提供,提出;offer sb.sth./offer sth.to(for)sb.‎ 为某人提供、提出;offer to do sth.主动提出做某事;offer sb.sth.for(money)卖给某人要多少钱;offer sb.(money)for sth出钱买东西 短语:offer advice/suggestions/congratulations/the price提出劝告/建议/表示祝贺/出价;make an offer of help 主动提供帮助;accept one’s offer 接受某人的建议 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他把座位让给了老人。‎ He ______his seat______ the old man./He _____the old man his seat.‎ ‎②我的同桌主动提出帮我学英语。‎ My deskmate_____ ______ _____ me with my English.‎ ‎③有人出1万元买你的这套房子。‎ Someone will _____ you 10,000 yuan______ your house.‎ Key:①offered,to /offered②offered,to ,help③offer,for on holiday 在度假,此时holiday 前不加冠词。类似说法如:on a visit/a trip/a journey 要带冠词。take a holiday 休假 用介词on 表示处于一种状态,若用for 则表示目的。如:‎ He is on holiday .他在度假。‎ He is on a visit to America.他正在美国访问。‎ He wnet to the countryside for his holidays.他去乡村度假。‎ He went to America for a visit .他去美国进行一次访问。‎ 比较:holiday, vacation, leave holiday 与vacation一般可通用,但vacation侧重于长时间的假期,如: summer vacation, holiday 可长可短。leave 指政府工作人员或士兵的假期,也可用于指因事(病)而请的假。如: ask for leave 请假,a sick leave of three days 三天的病假 on one condition 该介词短语意为“规定一个条件”。如:‎ He allowed me to do it on one condition.‎ on condition that这是一短语连词(=only if),引导条件状语从句。如:I’ll give you the day off on condition that you work on ‎ Saturday morning.‎ on one’s arrival…‎ 该词组意为“一到达……就……”(= on arriving…)。如:‎ On her arrival she helped me to prepare supper.‎ on one’s way to…正在到……,动身往……,在往……的路上 ‎ He was on his way to school when suddenly a policeman stopped him.‎ ‎ 他正在上学的路上就在这时一个警察截住了他。‎ ‎ They telephoned to say that they were on the way, but they might be late.‎ ‎ 他们打电话说他们正在路上,但他们可能来晚。‎ ‎ I called on a friend of mine on my way back.‎ ‎ 我在回来的路上拜访了我的一个朋友。‎ ‎ You mustn’t forget to call in at Brown’s on the way home.‎ ‎ 你千万别忘了在回家的路上到布朗先生家拜访。‎ ‎ 拓展:by the way顺便说;in the way挡道;in a way 某种意义上;lose one’s way迷路;by way of 途经,经由;work one’s way 通过苦干……;no way决不;make one’s way 前进;all the way to…一路至……‎ on+身体部位 lay the person on one’s back让这个人仰卧着;‎ lie on one’s back/stomach/side仰卧/趴着/侧着身躺着;‎ sleep on one’s side 侧身睡;‎ stand on one foot 一条脚站着;‎ stand on one’s head倒立 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她趴在床上,哭个不停。‎ She ______ _______ ______ ______in the bed,crying all the while ‎②你想倒立几个小时是很不容易的。‎ It’s difficult for you to _____ ______ ______ ______ for several hours.‎ Key:①lay, on, her, stomach ‎②stand,on, your,head on the air/in the air/by air/in the open air on the air表示(用无线电、电视)播送节目。如:‎ What’s on the air this evening?今晚的广播内容是什么?‎ These programmes come on the air everyday. 这些节目每天广播。‎ 其反义词为go off the air“停止广播”。如 This radio station goes off the air at midnight.这家广播电台于午夜停止广播。‎ in the air表示“在空中、在流传中、(问题,计划等)悬而未决(未确定的)、充满了(某种)气氛”。如:‎ There was dampness in the air.空气潮湿。‎ Bofore the matter was publicly announced, it had long been in the air.这件事在公诸于世之前早就传得满城风雨了。‎ The plan is quite in the air.这个计划还很渺茫。‎ The Spring Festival was in the air for weeks before.几周前就充满了春节的气氛。‎ by air 表示“乘飞机、由航空”。如 He went to Shanghai by air.他乘飞机去上海.‎ in the open air 表示“在户外、在露天里”。如:‎ People love life in the open air.人们喜欢露天生活。‎ on the point of…‎ 该短语常在句中作表语,意为“正要(去做某事)”,意思相当于be about to do sth.。如:‎ We were on the point of calling him up when he came.‎ 对于point名词应掌握它的用法如下:‎ ‎①if/when it comes to the point如果/当时机到来(时)如:‎ When it comes to the point,he refused to help.‎ ‎②from sb.’s point of view从某人的角度来看 如:‎ Try to look at school from the child’s point of view.‎ once; 1)意为“曾经”时,侧重“有一次”的意思,是副词在句中做状语,如:Once he owned a large house . 他曾经拥有一所大房子。‎ 注意:once与ever的区别 ever常用于疑问句,有时可用于过去分词前,多在完成时态中。在句中可译为“曾经”,有时不需翻译。如:‎ Have you ever been there ?你去过那儿吗?‎ The largest tree ,ever found there ,is one about 500 years old .那儿发现的最大的树有大约500年树龄了。‎ ‎2)意为“一旦”时,用作连词引起从句。如:‎ Once you go there ,buy a book for me .‎ ‎ Once you began, you couldn’t stop. 一旦开始,你就不能停。‎ ‎ Once you object to a man, everything he does is wrong. 一旦你反对一个人,那么他做的一切都是错的。‎ ‎ 对比:once强调条件意味;as soon as强调时间的紧接 ‎ As soon as you come to Beijing, please let me know. 你一来北京就请告诉我。‎ once more:once again再一次;又一次。‎ ‎①Read after me once more.再跟我读一遍。‎ ‎②I’d like to see him once more.我想再见他一面。‎ one after another一个一个地,表示数量多并连续出现 ‎ School was over and students went out of the school gate one after another.‎ ‎ 放学了,学生们一个接一个地走出校门。‎ ‎ 对比:one by one表示按顺序逐个进行或出现 ‎ Don’t hurry! You should enter the office one by one.‎ ‎ 不要着急,你们应该一个个地走进办公室。‎ ‎ 拓展:by and by一点一点地,逐渐地 little by little一点一点地 ‎ step by step 一步一步地,循序渐进地 one…the other, some…others one…the other相当于one…one,表示两者中的“一个。另一个”;some…others表示许多中的“一些,另外一些”‎ ‎;some…the others表示“一些,其余所有的”。对比:‎ He has two companise. One is in China and the other is in the States.‎ 他有两家公司,一家在中国,另一家在美国。‎ In winter, some birds will fly away, and others wills stay here.冬天,一些鸟飞走了,另外一些留了下来。‎ Some stamps are new, and the others are all ones.‎ 有些邮票是新的,其余全是用过的。‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案。‎ ‎①Some people like to stay at home on Sunday, but _______like to go to the cinema.(NMET’85)‎ A.another B.other C.others D.other one ‎②Of the three foreign guests, one is from London,_________two are from New York.(80年高考)‎ key:①C ②B open ‎ 1)用作动词动词:打开门,经营、开办 ‎:open a door/window/a small shop/one’s hand/one’s eyes/one’s mouth/fire开门/开窗/开一家小商店/张开手/睁开眼/张开嘴/开火;be opened to traffic通车;open up开采(发)‎ Now,he opens a small factory of his own.现在他自己办了个厂。‎ Open the door, please!请开门!‎ ‎2)用作形容词,表状态,“开着的”:keep open开着门;be open开门、开业;cut…open切开;leave the door open 开着门;in the open air 在野外;an open secret公开的秘密;keep one’s eyes open睁眼 Don’t keep the door open.‎ 别让门开着(即:请把门关上)。‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案 ‎ 3) be open to对……开放 Many school libraries are open to children on Sundays.‎ 不少学校的图书馆周日给孩子们开放。‎ ‎①John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes________.(MET’92)‎ A.open B.to be opened C.to open D.opening ‎②Some new oilfields ________since 1976.‎ A.were opened up B.has been opened up C.have been opened up D.had been opened up ‎③The computer center, _________ last year,is very popular among the students in this school.‎ A.open B.opening C.having opened D.opened Key:①A ②C ③D open up ‎ (1)开门,展开,打开 ‎ open up = open the door开门 ‎ open up the parcel打开包裹 ‎ (2)(景色等的)展现 ‎ A beautiful view opened up before us.‎ ‎ 一幅美景展现在我们面前。‎ ‎ (3)开发,开辟,创建 ‎ open up a new situation / a bright future / more waste land ‎ 开创一个新局面/美好的前程/开辟更多荒地 ‎ (4)吐露真情 ‎ She never opened up to me on the subject.‎ ‎ 关于那个问题,她从未对我开诚布公。‎ or else = other wise = if not否则 ‎ Hurry up or else you’ll be late.‎ ‎ 快点,否则人会迟到的。‎ ‎ Study hard or else you won’t pass the exam.‎ ‎ 努力学习,否则你会考试不及格的。‎ ‎ Put on more clothes or else you’ll catch a cold.多穿些衣服,否则你会感冒的。‎ order food 叫食物 order n.&vt./vi.订购……‎ place an order for sth.订购……‎ order sth.from…向……订购……‎ order sb.sth. ?order sth.for sb.为某人订购……‎ I have ordered you some new clothes.‎ owe ‎ ①表示“欠钱,欠债”,用于owe sth.to sb.或owe sb. sth.结构。如:‎ We still owe over 1,000 yuan to Lao Wang.‎ 我们还欠老王1000多元钱。‎ ‎②用于引申意义,表示“欠情,感恩,感激,归功于”。如:‎ I owe thanks to Annie or this priceless gift of speech.‎ 我感激安妮给了我说话能力这个无价之宝。‎ If I have improved in English, I owe it to my teacher.‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①她仍欠裁缝上周做衣服的钱。‎ She still________ the tailor_________ the clothes she had last week.‎ ‎②他现在还活着是多亏了你。‎ He ________ it__________you that he is still alive.‎ Key:①owes, for ②owes, to owe…to…应该把……归功于……;欠……的情 ‎ I owe a great to my parents.‎ ‎ 我欠父母的情很多。‎ ‎ He owes his success to good luck.‎ ‎ 他的成功全造运气。‎ ‎ I owe thanks to you for your help.‎ ‎ 我得谢谢你帮助我。‎ ‎ 拓展:owing to由于 ‎ The old professor couldn’t attend the meeting owing to illness.‎ ‎ 老教授因病不能参加会议。‎ part-time ‎ It is a good idea to start a part-time job. 做一项兼职的工作是个好主意。‎ pass 短语归纳 pass sth.down把某物一代一代传下去;pass sth.on将某物传、交给某人;pass away逝世; pass by路过,忽视;pass sb. sth./pass sth.to sb.把某物递给某人;pass the exam/test/law通过考试/测验/法律 注意:past是介词“过,经过”或名词“过去”;passed是pass的过去式和过去分词。如:‎ half past six六点半;in the past few years在过去的几年里;Two weeks passed.两周的时间过去了。He walked past the gate.他从大门口走过。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①去年他母亲去世了。His mother _________ __________ last year.‎ ‎②这戒指是我家传来来的。This ring_________ __________ _________ __________in my family.‎ ‎③那本书你看完了给我。__________the book_________ ________me when you’ve finished it.‎ ‎④那个年轻人听到这个消息,由于震惊昏了过去。‎ When the young man heard the news. he________ _________with the shock.‎ Key:①passed, away ②has, been, passed, down③Pass, on, to ④passed, out pass…(to…)将……递给,传达 Please pass me the bread and butter.请递给我面包奶油。‎ Pass the word to him that Napolean will come himself.把拿破仑要亲自来的消息告诉他。‎ 拓展:(1)vi.走过,通过Because of the large crowd in the street the truck was unable to pass.‎ 因为大街上人很多,卡车无法通过。‎ ‎(2)n.通行证 Nobody can go into the hall without a pass.没有通行证,任何人不准进入大厅。‎ pay for 付……的货款,为……付代价 pay off 全部还清,偿请(借款)‎ ‎①Did you pay 300 yuan to him for that bicycle?②I have just paid off my loan from the bank.‎ ‎③You’ll have to pay for your mistakes.‎ perform, performance perform 是动词“履行,表演”,而performance是名词“表演,演出”。如:perform a task/an operation/one’s duties/a play/a part做工作/做手术/尽责任/上演一出戏/演一个角色;perform to sb.对某人表演;give a performance演出;‎ 对比:act/play a part扮演角色;put on a play上演一出戏 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他们总是很耐心地做实验They always________their experiments_________great patience.‎ ‎②今晚演出什么戏?What play_______ _______ _______tonight?‎ ‎③这位歌唱家以前从未在北京演唱过。The singer has never________in Beijing_______.‎ Key:①perform,with②will,be,performed③performed,before perform exercises to music.‎ 短语意为“伴随音乐做体操”,从中可知“do sth. to music”判决书为“伴随音乐做某事”。如:‎ She likes dancing to music.她喜欢随着音乐跳舞。‎ permission短语归纳 ask for permission请求许可;‎ ask sb.for permission to do sth.请求某人允许做某事;‎ ask permission to do sth.请求得到允许做某事;‎ give sb.permission to do sth.允许某人做;‎ with one’s permission经某人允许;‎ without one’s permission 未经允许;‎ 如:You have to ask the teacher for permission to do that.你应该得到老师的同意再去做那件事。‎ You have to ask permission to go there.你应该请求许可到那里去。‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案 No permission has _______ for anybody to enter the building. (MET’88)‎ A.been given B.given  C.to give D.be giving Key:A Permit a driving permit 该词组意为“驾驶执照”,词组里permit是名词,意为“许可证”,“执照”。如:‎ You won’t get into the conference hall without a permit.‎ personally ‎ (1)就我个人来说(= in my personal opinion),用于表示个人的意见,通常于句首。‎ ‎ Personally, I don’t see much difference between the two.‎ ‎ 就我个人来讲,这两者没多大差别。‎ ‎ (2)亲自 ‎ The manager went personally to the hospital to see the worker who was seriously ill.‎ ‎ 经理亲自去医院看望患重病的工人。‎ ‎ 拓展:person/ c. /人personal adj.个人的 ‎ personality / c. u. / 个性,品格;人物 persuade vt.说服 ‎①persuade sb. 劝说某人 ‎②persuade sb. to do 说服某人做某事 ‎③persuade sb. into doing 说服某人做某事 ‎④persuade sb. out of 说服某人放弃某事 Do you think you can persuade me?‎ 你以为你能说服我吗?‎ She has persuaded her husband to give up smoking and drinking.她已说服自己的丈夫戒烟戒酒。‎ The young man was persuaded out of the wrong idea.那位年轻人被说服放弃了那种错误的想法。 ‎ pick out认出;显眼;挑选 ‎ Can you pick out your brother in the crowd? 你能在人群中认出你弟弟吗?‎ ‎ The houses in the painting picked out in white. 画上的房子以白色而显得醒目。‎ ‎ It’s so beautiful!How did you pick it out? 这么漂亮!你是怎么挑出来的?‎ pick up ‎(1)捡起;捡起。The naughty boy picked up a stone and threw it at the dog.那调皮的孩子捡起块石头向狗扔去。‎ ‎(2)用车接;中途顺便搭人接物。‎ ‎①I’ll pick you up at the school gate.我用车到校门口接你。‎ ‎②On her way home,she went to the nursery to pick up her son.回家的路上,她顺便到托儿所接她儿子。‎ ‎(3)接收(相当于receive)。‎ It’s easy for my radio to pick up VOA.我的收音机接收美国之音很容易。‎ play vt. n. 弹,奏;打,玩 play the piano 弹钢琴 play the music演奏音乐 play basketball 打篮球 play games 玩游戏 play the game 守信用 play cards 打牌 play with 拿……来玩 ‎ play an important part it 起重要作用 ‎ at play 在玩耍;在赌博 at the play 看戏 pleasure n.荣幸;愿意 ‎ It’s my pleasure to help you.愿意为你效劳。‎ It’s a pleasure for me to be invited to the party.应邀参加晚会我深感荣幸。‎ Plenty of 许多;大量。既可修饰可数名词,又可修饰不可数名词。‎ ‎①There is plenty of rain here in china.在中国这个地方雨量充足。‎ ‎②Plenty of trees have been planted along the road.路旁种了很多树。‎ 表示“许多;大量”之意,用来修饰名词的词和词组可以分为三类:‎ many many a a great/good many +可数名词 ‎(1) scores of ‎ agreat/good/large number of ‎ numbers of ‎ much a great/good deal of ‎ ‎(2) a large/great amount of +不可数名词 large/great amounts of a lot of ‎ ‎ lots of ‎ ‎(3) plenty of +可数或不可数名词 ‎ a large/great quantity of ‎ large/great quantities of ‎ point out 指出(to+n.)‎ The teacher pointed out my mistakes to me.‎ point+(n.)+at/to/toward+n.‎ 指向,对着……;显示 He quietly pointed his gun at the deer.‎ practice Practice makes perfect . 熟能生巧。‎ practical, real , true practical 指“实践的”,“实际的”,“讲求实际的”,如:practical activities 实践活动 practical work 实际工作 She is a practical woman.她是位讲求实际的妇女。‎ Real“真实的”,“实在的”,表示实际存在的意义,如:‎ real silk 真丝his real name 他的真名 true “真的”,指某种事实,故事,消息,信息,朋友等是真的,如:a true story 一个真实的故事 praise短语归纳 praise可用作名词或动词,均表示“赞扬,表扬”。如:sing high praise for高度赞扬;praise sb. for因……而赞扬其人;receive praise from sb.得到某人的称赞;win high praise受到高度赞扬;give praise to sb.表扬某人。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①校长高度赞扬了他的勇敢行为。‎ The headmaster_________ _________ ________ ________his brave deed.‎ ‎②他经常帮助别人,因而得到同学们的赞扬。‎ He often helps others, so he __________ __________ _________his classmates.‎ Key: ①sang, high, praise, for ②receives praise, from prefer宁愿,更喜欢 ‎1)接名词、代词 Which do you prefer, rice or bread? I would prefer rice.‎ 米饭和面包你更愿意吃什么?我宁愿吃米饭。‎ ‎2)接不定式 Jake preferred to have some Chinese food.‎ 杰克更喜欢吃中餐。‎ ‎3)接动名词 I prefer doing some writing in my spare time.‎ 我更喜欢业余时间写点什么。‎ ‎4)跟不定式的复合结构 I should prefer you not to stay there too long.‎ 我希望你不要在那里呆太久。‎ ‎5)接that从句(从句中用should型虚拟语气)‎ We prefer that we (should)have the discussion after the lecture.‎ 我们宁愿一听完课就讨论。‎ ‎6)用于特殊句型:‎ ‎①prefer…to…宁愿……不愿,与……相比更喜欢(后接名词、代词、动名词)‎ I prefer popular songs to folk songs.‎ 和民歌相比我更喜欢流行歌曲。‎ She prefers singing to dancing.‎ 跳舞和唱歌她更喜欢唱歌。‎ ‎②prefer-rather than…宁愿……而不愿(prefer后接带to 的不定式,rather than后省略to)‎ I prefer to write my letter rather than type it.‎ ‎ 我宁愿写而不愿打印这封信。‎ prepare prepare a plan/cards/a meal/one’s lessons 准备一个计划/卡片/一顿饭/备课;prepare sb.sth./prepare sth.for sb.为某人准备某物;prepare to do sth.准备做某事;prepare sb.for使某人对……进行准备;make preparations for 为做准备:‎ 辩析:‎ ‎①prepare one’s lessons(指教师)备课;prepare for one’s lossons (指学生)准备功课 ‎②prepare for “为……做准备”,侧重指动作;be(get)prepared for “对某事从物质上,心理上做好了准备”是系结构,表示状态。对比:We are preparing for the final exam我们正在为期末考试做准备。/We are well prepared for the final exam.这次期末考试我们已完全做好了准备。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①爸爸为我们准备了一顿丰盛的午饭。‎ Father _______ _____ a good lunch./Father ______ a good lunch______ us.‎ ‎②明天是儿童节。孩子们在准备去爬山。‎ Tomorrow is Children’s Day. The children are ______ _____ _____climbing.‎ ‎③我们必须让所有的人为可能的洪水做好准备。‎ We must_______ all the people______ the possible flood.‎ ‎④外交部长对这样的问题没有思想准备。‎ The Foreign Minister ______ not______for such questions.‎ Key:①prepared,us/prepared,for②preparing, to ,go ‎③prepare,for ④was,prepared prepare sb.for…‎ 该短语意为“使某人对……进行准备”。如:‎ Mother is preparing me for my journey.‎ prepare 作为动词,既是及物动词,又是不及物动词且常与for连用。如:‎ Mother asked my sister to prepare lunch.‎ present ‎ be present at 出席 ‎ How many people were present at the meeting?多少人出席了会议?‎ ‎ 拓展:present(1)n.礼物 ‎ What present do you want for Christmas this year?‎ ‎ 今年圣诞节你想要什么礼物?‎ ‎ (2)v.赠予 ‎ Now that the sports meet is over, our principal will present the prize.‎ ‎ 既然运动会已结束,我们校长将颁奖。‎ ‎ (3)adj.现在的,目前的 ‎ I’m not going to buy a car at the present high prices.‎ ‎ 以目前的高价,我不打算买小汽车了。‎ ‎ (4)presently(adv.) = soon ‎ She will be here presently.‎ ‎ 她不久就会来。‎ ‎ (5)常用短语:‎ ‎ at the present time = at present目前,现在 ‎ for the present暂时 pretend to be a lawyer 该结构中pretend 意为“装扮”,“装假”,后跟不定式或宾语从句 ‎ 。其中不定式(有时态变化)是试题中的重点考查形式。如:‎ When mother came in, be pretended to be writing .‎ price n. 价格。常用结构:‎ ‎(1)at a high/low price以高价/低价 ‎ He is very happy because he bought a new car at a low price.因为低价买了一部新车,所有他很高兴。‎ ‎(2)英语中买卖的物品以“贵、贱”论,即expensive/dear或cheap;物品的价格以“高、低”论,即high或low.‎ ‎—Your new car only cost you 20,000 dollars. It’s really cheap.你的新车只花了2万美元,真便宜。‎ ‎—Yes, the price is very low indeed.是啊价格确实很低。‎ ‎(3)提问price 时应用what(多少) 。‎ What’s the price of that dress?那件衣服多少钱?相当于:How much is that dress?/How much 需用what提问“多少”的还有population/area/size/length/width/height/weight等名词。‎ prison throw(cast, put)sb.into(to)prison, take sb.to prison 把某人关入监狱.‎ 区别:in prison与in the prison前者表示“坐牢、服法、服刑”;后者表示“在一所监狱”,有可能是在看望囚犯,也可能是监管人员。‎ Tom’s brother was put(thrown、cast)into prison because of murderer,and he will be in prison for thirty years.‎ 汤姆的哥哥因犯谋杀罪而被关进监狱,他将在监狱服刑三十年。‎ progress ‎ (1)vi.进展,发展 ‎ Space research has progressed greatly.‎ ‎ 空间研究已经取得了很大进展。‎ ‎ (2) n. make great / little / no / much progress ‎ He has made rapid progress in English this term.‎ ‎ 这学期他英语进步很快。‎ ‎ Tom is not making much progress at school.‎ ‎ 汤姆在学校进步不大。‎ promise sb. to do sth.‎ allow/permit sb. to do sth.‎ 允许/答应某人做某事 分析:二者的汉语意思一样。但用法有区别,请看例子:‎ My father promised me to give up smoking. 我爸爸答应我戒烟。(是“爸爸”戒烟,而不是“我”戒烟。即:动词不定式是主语发出的动作)‎ My father doesn’t permit/allow me to smoke.我爸爸不允许我抽烟。‎ 在此结构中,动词不定式是宾语发出的动作。‎ 另外,两者的结构区别如下:‎ promise to do sth.(后跟不定式)‎ allow/permit doing sth.(后跟动名词)‎ 例:I promised to help him with his English.‎ Drinking wine is not allowed /permitted in our school.‎ pronounce t. i. 发……音;发音。名词形式为pronunciation.‎ ‎①How do you puonounce the word?这个单词你怎么发音?‎ ‎②This letter in the word doesn’t pronounce. 这个单词中的这个字母不发音。‎ Provide sb.with sth.供给某人……‎ provide it 供给……,提供……‎ provide:‎ ‎ n.eg.The hotel will provie tents.‎ ‎ n.+for sb. ?sb.+with sth.‎ ‎ eg.They provide food and books for the children.‎ ‎ ?They provide the children with food and books.‎ provide for赡养,抚养 He had to provide for a big family supply vt.提供……供给……‎ ‎ n.‎ supply ‎ sth.to sb. ?sb.with sth.‎ They didn’t supply those children with books for studying. ?‎ They didn’t supply books to those children for studying.‎ provide vt. 提供;供给 ‎①provide n. for ②provide n. with The government provided food and houses for those who were homeless.‎ 政府给无家可归的人提供食宿。‎ The school provides the students with textbooks. /The school provides textbooks for the students.‎ 学校为学生提供课本。‎ ‎17.come to 达到,共计 The total cost of repairs came to about $100.‎ 修理费总计约100美元。‎ The things I bought came to 100 yuan.‎ 我购物总计花了100元。‎ The cost of the trip totaled/came to/added up to 1000 dollars.‎ 这次旅行的费用共计1000美元。‎ put on /pull on/wear/have on /dress/in ‎(1)put on 和pull on 穿上;戴上。相当于及物动词,以衣物作宾语,着重于穿、戴的动作。put on 为普通用语;pull on多用于穿袜子、戴手套或比较随便地穿上。‎ ‎①It’s cold outside.You’d better put on your hat.外面很冷,你最好戴上帽子。‎ ‎②She put /pulled on her coat and went out of the room hurriedly.她穿上大衣,匆忙地走了。‎ ‎(2)wear 和have on 穿着;戴着。相当于及物动词,有衣物作宾语,着重于穿、戴的状态。have on不用于进行时态。‎ ‎①He always wears/has on black shoes.她一直穿着黑鞋。‎ ‎②She is wearing/has on a red coat她穿着红大衣。‎ ‎(3)dress 穿;戴。可用作及物动词,以人作宾语,即dress sb.(给某人穿衣);也可用作不及物动词。既可强调动作,又可表示状态,表示状态时常用be dressed in 结构。此外dress还可用作名词。‎ ‎①Mary is dressing her daughter.玛丽正给她女儿穿衣服。‎ ‎②She usually dresses well.她总是穿得很好。‎ ‎③He is dressed in a black jacket.他穿着黑上衣。 ‎ ‎(4)in 穿着;戴着。是介词,以衣物或表示颜色的名词作宾语,表示状态。构成的介词短词可作表语或定语。‎ ‎①My brother is in a blue jacket.我弟弟穿着蓝上衣。‎ ‎②The boy in a blue jacket is my brother.穿蓝上衣的孩子是我弟弟。‎ ‎③My brother is in blue.我弟弟穿着蓝衣服。‎ put out ‎ 使熄灭,扑灭,吹灭;发出;生产,出版;‎ ‎ It book the firefighters more than three hours to put out the big fire.‎ ‎ 消防队员花了三个多小时扑灭了这场大火。‎ ‎ The book will be put out soon.‎ ‎ 这本书将很快出版。‎ ‎ The police have put out a general call to the public.‎ ‎ 警察局向群众发出通知。‎ ‎ The company put out 13 new machines every week.‎ ‎ 这个公司每周生产13台机器。‎ ‎ The government will put out a new statement next week.‎ ‎ 政府下一周将发表一项新的声明。‎ ‎ 常用词组:put down 记下,写下,镇压 put up 举起,张贴,修建 ‎ put on 上演,穿上,戴上 put away 储存,收拾起来 ‎ put aside 存储,留下 put off推迟,延期 ‎ put up with忍受 ‎ 对比:come out(vi.)bring out(vt.)publish(vt.)出版 put sb. to the trouble(of doing sth.)给某人添麻烦,使某人为做某事而为难,trouble是不可数名词。如:‎ They didn’t want to put me to the trouble of meeting them at the station.他们不想麻烦我去车站接他们。‎ question[来源:Z_xx_k.Com]‎ ‎(1)n.问题。‎ ‎①Let me ask you a question.让我问你个问题。‎ ‎②He has decided tha question.他解决了这个问题。‎ ‎(2)vt.质问;询问。‎ ‎①He was questioned by the teacher.他受到老师的质问。‎ ‎②I question the truth of the story.我怀疑这个故事的真实性。‎ question vt.询问,盘问,提问 ‎ You have no right to question me.‎ ‎ 你无权盘问我。‎ ‎ He was questioned by the police.‎ ‎ 警察盘问了他。‎ ‎ The teacher question us on verbs.‎ ‎ 老师就动词考问我们。‎ ‎ 常用短语:ask sb. a question问某人问题 ‎ question(v.)sb. on就……提问某人 ‎ beyond(all)question毫无疑问 ‎ out of question(certainly)毫无疑问 ‎ without question毫无疑问 ‎ out of the question(quite impossible)不可能 祈使句+and+陈述句 ‎ 1)这种结构可以替换成“条件句+陈述句”。如:‎ Work hard,and you’ll be successful in time./If you work hard,you will be successful in time.‎ 只要你努力,一定会成功。‎ 注意:祈使句后and可替换成then.‎ ‎2)祈使句+or+否定陈述句=否定条件句+否定陈述句。如:‎ Get ready or you won’t pass the test./ If you don’t get ready,you won’t pass the test.‎ 做好准备,要不你小测验不会及格的。‎ 注意:祈使句后的or可替换成otherwise.‎ quite,rather与名词连用时冠词的位置 quite, rather表示“相当”意义与名词连用时,a/an可放在之前,亦可之后;但the 必须置于它们的前面。如:quite a big house/a quite big house相当大的一套房子。如:a quite easy problem/quite an easy problem相当容易的一个问题;a rather good player /rather a good player相当不错的一名运动员;the rather/quite tall tree 那棵相当高的树。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①今天相当冷。‎ It’s _____ _____ cold day today.‎ ‎②他是个相当不错的艺术家。‎ He is ______ ______ _______artist.‎ Key: ①rather,a ②quite,a ,good raise, rise ‎ ①raise是及物动词,后接宾语,可用于被动语态。表示把人或物提高到较高的位置(水平),即指具体的物,又用于抽象意义。如:‎ raise one’s hand/head/eyes/a stone/the flag/one’s pay/ the price/one’s voice 举起手/抬起头/往上看/举起石头/升旗/提高工资/提价/声音大点。‎ ‎②rise是不及物动词,不能接宾语,无被动语态,表示“上升,升起,起身,起立,起床,增长”等意义。如:river rise河水涨;price rise 物价上涨;rise from one’s seat从座位上站起来;rise early早起。‎ 短语:raise a shout of joy高兴地喊起;‎ raise chickens/horses/children/a question养鸡/养马/养育孩子/提出问题;rise up起义,奋起反抗;get a rise /raise增加工资。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他站在那儿注视着国旗缓缓升起。‎ He stood there watching the flag_______ ________.‎ ‎②价格涨到10美元。‎ The price_________ _________to 10 dollars./The price_______‎ to 10 dollars.‎ ‎③不久就能看到蒸气从湿衣服上冒出来。‎ Soon steam can be seen __________ from the wet clothes.‎ ‎④他要求老板加薪。‎ He asked the boss fo_________ ________.‎ Key:①being, raised ②was raised /rose ‎③rising ④a, rise(raise)‎ rather ‎1)注意下列词的程度 a bit/ a little→slightly→rather→much→completely→quite ‎2)rather 修饰形容词加名词时,若有冠词a 或an , 则rather 在冠词前、后皆可。如:It was rather a cold day . = It was a rather cold day.‎ ‎3)rather和fairly rather表示不接受性,为否定意义;fairly 表示接受性,为肯定意义。如:‎ It’s rather cold today .(不愉快)‎ It’s fairly warm today .(心中舒服)‎ ‎4) rather +比较级;rather/ much/ far+too+adj./adv, 而fairly,quite ,very 则不能。如:I did rathre better in the exam. That’s rather too difficult.‎ ‎5) rather than 而不是 如:‎ He , rather than you, is to be punished . 是他而不是你要受惩罚。‎ I decided to write rather than (to)telephone.我决定写信而不是打电话。‎ 还可用于下面两种结构。‎ ‎① would do sth . rather than do sth .= would rather do sth. than do sth .宁愿做某事而不愿做某事。 ‎ ‎② prefer to do sth . rather than do sth .(意义同上)‎ reach sth./reach for sth.‎ ‎ (1)reach sth.表示“够得着某物”,reach是及物动词。如:reach the top of the shelf够得着架子顶部;reach the apple on the tree够得着树上的苹果。‎ ‎(2)reach for sth.表示“伸手(脚)去够某物”,其中的reach是不及物动词。亦可替换成reach out for sth.或reach out one’s hand(foot)for sth.,意义相同。‎ ‎(3)reach还可用作不及物动词表示“延伸”。如:The woods reach as far as the river.树林子延伸到河边。‎ ‎(4)短语:reach an agreement达成协议;‎ beyond/out of one’s reach够不着,力所不及;‎ out of the reach of sb.某人够不着;‎ within one’s reach够得着,力所能及。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他伸手去够树枝,但是够不着。‎ He ______ ______ the stick but could not_______it.‎ ‎②你最好把吃的东西放在小孩够得着的地方。‎ You’d better have the food _______the boy’s ________.‎ Key:①reached, for, reach ‎②within, reach ready be ready to do sth.(=be willing to do sth.)乐意做某事 ‎ Tom is always ready to help others.‎ 汤姆总是乐于助人。‎ If I’ve made any mistake, I’m ready to apologize.‎ 如果我有错误,我愿意道歉。‎ realize vt.意识到;实现 realize one’s mistake 认识到自己的错误 realize one’s meanings 领会某人的意思 I didn’t realize that my English was limited until I was abroad.直到出国以后我才意识到自己的英语水平很有限。‎ She managed to realize her dream at last.‎ 她终于设法实现了梦想。‎ reason for this/that reason因为这个/那个原因:for no good reason没有正当的理由;for a simple reason因为一个很简单的原因;for some political reasons因为政治原因;for the reason of health由于健康原因;give a reason提供理由。‎ 注意:reason词后的表语从句用that引导,定语从句多用why引导,偶尔用which引导。‎ ‎[应用]用适当的连词填空 ‎①His reason for being late was________he missed the bus.‎ ‎②The reason__________he didn’t come to school was that he was ill.‎ ‎③The doctor gave reason________ couldn’t explain the failure of the operation.‎ Key :①that ②why ③which/that recognize vt.辨认出;承认 Do you recognize his hand writing ?你能认出他的笔迹吗?‎ They recognized him to be a great leader.他们承认他是一位伟大领袖。‎ He didn’t recognize that he had made a big mistake.他不承认自己犯下了大错。‎ reduce reduce the number of减少……的数量;‎ reduce the cost/one’s weight/the price/speed降低成本/减肥/降价/减速 注意:reduce是increase的反义词。与by连用表示“减少了多少”;与to连用则表示“减少到多少”。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①今年吸烟人数已减少了30%‎ The number of smokers has been reduced _________30%.‎ ‎②现在一辆自行车的成本已降低到50美元。‎ Now the cost of a bike has been reduced _______50 dollars.‎ Key:①by ②to refer to, refer…to ‎1)refer 可用作及物动词,用于refer… to,表示“将……提交给”。如:‎ refer this problem to the school把这个问题提交学校;‎ refer the matter to the United Nations.将这件事情提交联合国 ‎2)refer表示“谈到,涉及;查阅,参考,指”时是不及物动词,需用refer to结构。如:‎ The book which you referred to is not in the library.‎ 你所指的那本书不在图书馆。‎ His report refers to the situation in the Middle East.‎ 他的报告谈到中东的形势。‎ 短语:refer to the map/one’s notes/the dictionary 查阅地图/参考笔记/查字典 注意:look up word in the dictionary 查字典 对比:refer to 指语言、内容与某人(物)有关;而point to表示用手指向某人(物)。如:‎ I didn’t know whom she was referring to.‎ 我不知道她指的是谁。‎ She pointed to the map and explained to the students.‎ 她指着地图给学生做出解释。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我在加拿大时,一位朋友经常提起白求恩大夫。‎ A friend of mine often ______ _______ Dr.Bethune when I was in Canada.‎ ‎②两国把这件事提交给了联合国。‎ The two countries. _______the matter _______the United Nations.‎ Key:①referred,to ②referred,to rely on / upon相信,信赖 ‎ He relied on his parents’ advice.‎ ‎ 他相信父母的劝告。‎ ‎ I rely on you to tell me all about it.‎ ‎ 我要靠你把这件事的来龙去脉告诉我。‎ ‎ Such people are not to be relied on.‎ ‎ 这样的人是靠不住的。‎ ‎ 对比:rely on / upon指由过去的经验,使人相信对方必定能完成所交代的事情;depend on指依赖别人的支持或援助;trust(in)指深信绝对不会发生被出卖或令人失望的事情。‎ ‎ I rely on his ability.我相信她的能力。‎ ‎ She depends on her friends to make a decision.‎ ‎ 她依靠朋友帮她做决定。‎ ‎ He is a man to be trusted.‎ ‎ 他是一个可以信赖的人。‎ ‎ It depends on whether you want to do it or not.这得看你是否想做。‎ remain ‎ (1)vi剩下;(人)留下,逗留 ‎ The fact remains that she is a liar.‎ ‎ 她是个说谎者的事实仍在。‎ ‎ They went off but she remained three days in that country.‎ ‎ 他们走了,而她在那上国家逗留了三天。‎ ‎ (2)link v.(continue to be)+pred.(表语)(n./adj./pres. p. /past. p/ prep.p等)‎ ‎ The weather remains cold and wet.‎ ‎ 天气依然寒冷潮湿。‎ ‎ Pollution in the city remains a problem.‎ ‎ 这个城市的污染依然是个问题。‎ ‎ You can’t let your room remain like this.‎ ‎ 你不能让房间一直这样。‎ ‎①He remained silent at the meeting.在会上他一言不发。‎ ‎②His books remain very new because he hardly read them。他的书仍然很新,因为他几乎没读。‎ ‎ 对比:remain既指人逗留在一定场所,也指物逗留在一定场所或保持原来的形状或状态,或暗示纵使别人离去,自己仍然留下来。Stay会话用语,只表示人逗留在一定场所 e.g. Let’s stay here until he appears.‎ ‎ 让我们留下来等他到来。‎ ‎ 拓展:remaining adj.剩下的the remaining money = the money left剩余的钱 ‎ remainings n.(复数)剩余(物),残骸,遗迹 ‎ the remains of ancient Rome 古罗马的遗迹 ‎ the remainder(of)=the rest(of)剩下的东西/其余的人 remain;stay remain vi.逗留、保持;指人(也可指物)逗留在一定的场所,也指物保持原来的形状或状态。‎ stay 逗留;仅指人(不可用物)逗留在一定场所。‎ How many weeks shall you remain/stay here?你将在此地停留多久?‎ I shall remain/stay to see the end of the game.我将留下来看比赛的结果。‎ Let it remain as it is .听其自然.‎ It remained unharmed.它仍然无损。‎ remain+表语(名词、形容词、不定式、分词和分词短语)意为“保持……、仍是……”‎ 作“剩下、遗留”讲,用remain。如:‎ after the fire, nothing remained to the house.大火过后,屋子所剩无几。‎ If you take two from four, two remains.四减二剩二。‎ remind,remember remind表示“提醒,使记起,使想起”,可接复合宾语,that从句或与of连用;而remember意为“记得(做)某事”,主语必须是人。如:‎ He reminded me to answer the letter as early as possible.‎ He reminded me that I would answer the letter as early as possible.他提醒我尽早回信。‎ This photo reminds me of my childhood.这张照片使我想起了我的童年。‎ Do you remember the advice I gave you?你记得我给你的忠告吗?‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①这使我想起我们假日里一同做过的事。‎ This _______ _______ ______what we did together during our holidays.‎ ‎②我还记得小时候被带着去北京的事情。‎ I still______ _______ _______to Beijing when I was a child.‎ Key:①reminds,me,of ②remember,being,taken remove sth.to…把……移向……‎ remove it去除;脱掉?‎ ‎ remove sb.(sth.)from+n.‎ ‎ remove+n.+(from+n+to+n.)‎ You should remove your coat in the warm room.‎ repair ‎1)用作名词,表示“修理,维修”。‎ ‎①可用单数和复数形式,但不和数词或不定冠词连用。This car ‎ needs a lot of repairs before you can use it. 这部汽车需要大修之后才能使用。/The repair of the ship cost much money.这艘轮船的修理花了很多钱。‎ ‎②短语:make repairs/do repairs 修理(必须用复数);under repair 在修理;be out of repair失修 ‎2)用作动词,仍作“修理、维修”解。‎ repair,mend,fix三者的区别。‎ ‎①repair多指修理的物体较庞大,构造较复杂或损坏严重的东西。如:repair a bridge/house/car/TV set/watch修桥/房子/汽车/电视/手表。 习惯上可用于指补鞋,但不用于指补衣服。‎ ‎②mend 多用于指修理的物体较小,结构较简单的日常用具,或缝补衣服、袜子等。如:mend a shoe/sock/basket/box/pen补鞋/袜子/篮球/修补箱子/修钢笔。‎ ‎③fix 是美国英语,可与repair替换。如:fix a machine/chair/typewriter修机器/椅子/打字机。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①游泳池今天不开放,因为正在维修。‎ The swimming pool won’t be open today because they are_____.‎ ‎②这座房子已经是年久失修了。‎ This house has been____ ______ _____ for many years。‎ ‎③你过不去,大桥正在维修。‎ You can’t go through because the bridge is _____ _____.‎ Key:①making, repairs②out,of, repair③under repair或:being, repaired reply;answer reply和answer均可解作“回答、答道”,但用法有别。reply用做不及物动词时,可用reply to sb./sth.;作及物动词后跟直接引语或宾语从句,但不能直接跟人或物作宾语。如:‎ Please reply to my question.请回答我的问题。‎ He replied that he knew the news.他回答说他知道这消息。‎ answer 用作及物动词,可直接跟名词或代词作宾语,而reply应加to才可接名词或代词。如:‎ He answered the examination paper quite well.他考卷答得很好。‎ fail to reply to a question/letter未能回答问题/回信 request request 用作名词,也可用作动词,均表示“请求”。如:‎ make a request for…请求、要求得到……;request sth.from sb.向某人要求某物;request sb.to do sth.请求某人做某事;request that…(从句中应使用should型虚拟语气,should可省略);‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①下岗工人请求得到帮助。‎ The workers out of work______ ______ ______ ______help.‎ ‎②要求学生们不要触摸实验室里的任何东西。‎ Students_______ ________not to touch anything in the lab.‎ ‎③我父母要求我再学一门外语。‎ My parents requested that______ ______ _______a second foreign language.‎ My parents_______me______ ______a second foreign language.‎ Key:①made,a,request,for ②are,requested ‎ ‎③I,should,learn/requested,to,learn respect ‎(1)vt.尊重;重视;遵守。‎ ‎①You should respect the teachers.你们应尊敬老师。‎ ‎②Everyone must respect the law.人人都应守法 ‎(2)n.尊敬;请安;问候。‎ ‎①We have been told to show respect for our elder.父母教导我们必须尊敬长辈。‎ ‎②My father sends his respects to your parents.我父亲向你父母问好。‎ right now = at the moment ,at present 眼下,现在 比较:right away = right off ,immediately, at once , in no time 马上,立刻 ring up n.给……打电话 Could you please ring me up as soon as you come back?‎ 请你一回来就给我打电话好吗?‎ Please ring up the train station and find out whether the train from Guangzhou has arrived or not.‎ 请给火车站打个电话看看广州来的火车到站没有。‎ ‎“打电话”的其他表达法:‎ ‎①call up sb. ②telephone sb.‎ ‎③telephone to sb. ④make a telephone call to sb.‎ ring构成的其他短语:‎ ring back回电话 ring off(= hang off)挂断电话;停止讲话 ‎(反义词)hold on不挂断(电话)‎ ring the doorbell 按门铃 Role play the role of…‎ 该短语意为“扮演……角色”(=play a part of…)。如:‎ In this film he will play the role of a policeman.‎ room,space room,space都可以用作不可数名词,表示“空间,余地”。另外,room 有“房间”之意,可数;space有“太空”之意,不可数。常用短语:live a room 5住在5号房间;three rooms三个房间;take up much room占很多空间;standing room 立足之地;in space 在太空 ‎[应用]单句改错 ‎①There is much rooms for improvement in our work.‎ ‎②There isn’t enough spaces in this classroom for 30 desks.‎ ‎③The universe exists in the space, as we all know.‎ Key: ①改rooms为room ‎②改spaces为space ‎③去掉space前的the run out, run out of 二者均表示“用完、耗尽”,但run out不及物,同give out, run short;而run out of及物,相当于use up, run short of。对比:Money is running out.钱快用光了。We’re running out of money.我们的钱快用光了。‎ All the money has given out./All the money has been used up.所有的钱已花光。‎ The oil is running short.油快用完了。‎ He is running short of oil.他快把油用完了。‎ ‎[应用]一句多译:两周过去了,他们的食品用完了。‎ Key:Two weeks passed, and their food ran out.‎ Two weeks passed, and they ran out of the food.‎ Two weeks passed, and their food gave out.‎ Two weeks passed, and their food had been used up.‎ Two weeks passed, and their food ran short.‎ Two weeks passed, and they ran short of the food.‎ 如何表示“不同,区别”‎ ‎1)tell the difference between A and B.说出A和B的区别;辨别A和B ‎2)tell A from B.区别、辨别A和B ‎3)What’s the difference between A and B?A和B什么不同?‎ ‎4)There be some differences between A and B.A和B 之间有不同之处。‎ ‎5)A be different from B.A和B不同 ‎6)make sb./sth.different from使某人/物不同于……‎ ‎7)do sth. differently from…做起某事与……不同 ‎8)make no difference无关紧要 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我几乎讲不出这两个单词之间的区别。‎ I can hardly_____the difference________ these two words.‎ ‎②绵羊和山羊有什么不同?‎ ‎________ ________ ________between a sheep and a goat?‎ ‎③哪一边赢对我都不重要。‎ It _______ ________ ________ to me which side may win.‎ ‎④你确实很富,但这并不能使你不同于别人。‎ You are rich indeed, but that doesn’t _________ __________ __________ ________ __________.‎ ‎⑤事实和他所说的大不一样。‎ The fact _______quite________ _________ what he said.‎ ‎⑥你能分辩出她和她的姐姐吗?‎ Can you _________ her________her sister?‎ Key:①tell, between ‎②What’s,the,difference ‎③makes,no, difference ‎④make, you,different,from,others ‎⑤is,different,from ‎⑥tell,from save; rescue save意为“救、挽救”,是普通而含义广泛的常用词。指通过救援不但使受害者(人、动物或物)能脱离危险或祸患,而且使其在今后能安全地生存下去。有时可与rescue通用。如:‎ He operated on her at once, and Edison’s mother was saved.‎ They fight against the enemy to save their country.‎ rescue意为“救、营救、挽救”,多指在直接的危险或祸患中给予迅速而有效的救援,一般指救人。如:‎ Helicopters were sent to rescue them, but it was impossible for them to get close enough.‎ say “Hi/Hello”to somebody 向某人问候。‎ 类似的还有:say“Yes/OK/No”to sb./sth.同意/不同意……‎ say“Good-bye”to sb.向某人告别。‎ Say“Sorry”to sb .向某人道歉。‎ After saying “Good-bye”to us, he left hurriedly.和我们道别之后,他匆匆离开了。‎ Sea ‎ at sea 在航海中,在海上 ‎ at the sea 在海边 在英语中,有许多结构用与不用定冠词在意思方面有着很大的区别。‎ ‎ go to sea 当水手,当海员 ‎ go to the sea 到海边去 ‎ keep house 料理家务 ‎ keep the house呆在家中不出门 ‎ in bed 睡着,躺在床上 ‎ in the bed在床上 ‎ at play在玩,正在游戏 ‎ at the play 在看戏 search;search for; look for ‎ (1)search指“搜查某地或搜身”,其宾语可以是房屋、人身、衣袋等名词。如:‎ They searched their homes without any reason.他们毫无理由地搜查了他们的家。‎ They searched him but found nothing.他们搜了他的身,但没有找到什么。‎ ‎(2)search for 则指“搜寻、搜索某人或物”。如:‎ They searched for him everywhere.他们到处搜寻他。‎ The police searched the wood for the lost child.警察在树林里寻找走失的孩子。‎ 试比较:They searched his clothes.他们搜查了他的衣服。(看是否藏有东西)‎ They searched for his clothes.他们在搜寻他的衣服。(要找到衣服)‎ 另外,search也可用做名词,in search of “寻找、寻求”是个常见短语。如:‎ The boys went in search of something to eat.孩子们去找东西吃。‎ ‎(3)look for意为“寻找”,同search for意义大体相同。但search for 意味较强,用很大注意力搜寻。而look for则较为通俗,常用于日常用语。如:‎ I looked for my missing pen everywhere.我到处找我丢失的那支笔。‎ see…off 为…送行。‎ ‎① Is anybody seeing you off ?有人送你吗?‎ ‎②Tomorrdow I must go to the airport to see my brother off .明天我得到机场为我哥哥送行。‎ see sb. doing sth . 看到某人正在做某事(看到动作的一部分。)‎ see sb. do sth . 看到某人做过某事(看到了动作的全过程。)‎ ‎①I saw him crossing the treet.我看到他正在过马路。‎ ‎②I saw him cross the street.我看到他过了马路。‎ 当用到不定式作宾语补足语时,不定式不带to .但在被动句中不定式须带to 。‎ He was seen to fall suddenly from the tree.人们看到他突然从树上掉了下来。‎ send out 发出;放出 Some unknown flowers in the garden send out nice smell.‎ 花园里有些不知名的花发出香味。‎ The sun sends out light and heat.太阳发光发热。‎ send构成的其他词组:‎ Send away 撵走;开除;解雇 send for派人去叫(请) send up发射 Sense make sense讲得通;很有意义 This sentence doesn’t make any sense.‎ sentence 短语归纳 sentence用作名词或动词,有“宣判,判决”之意。如:pass sentence on sb.判某人的刑;announce sentence on sb.宣布对某人的判决;serve one’s sentence服刑;be sentenced to hard labour被判服苦役;be sentenced to six months in prisom被判处六个月监禁;be under the sentence of death/be sentenced to death被判处死刑;have sb. sentenced to death判某人死刑;sentence sb. to death判某人死刑;receive a sentence of two years 被判两年徒刑。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①一个凶手被判三年徒刑,另一个被判处死刑。‎ One murderer was______ ______ three years in prison and the other was sentenced_______ _________ .‎ ‎②那小偷被判5年监禁。‎ The thief_______a sentence _______ 5 years in prison.‎ Key:①sentenced, to, to, death ②received, of separate ‎(1)adj. 独自的、独立的、分别为不同的、各自的、分离的、分开的。‎ My little son wants a separate room. 我小儿子想要个单词。‎ I want to listen to your separate opinions.我想听你们每个人自己的看法。‎ ‎(2) t. ; vi. 使分开;分离;隔开。常与from 搭配。‎ Separate the bad apples from the good ones.把坏苹果和好的分开。‎ England is separated from France by the Channel.英吉利海峡把英国和法国分隔开。‎ We talked until midnight and then separated.我们一直谈到半夜,然后才分手。‎ Nobody can separate Taiwan from China.任何人也不能把台湾从中国分裂出去。‎ set off (for)出发,动身(去某地)‎ set off 引爆 set out to do sth.着手……‎ ‎ n.‎ ‎ set about+ doing开始(着手)做……‎ ‎①We’ll set off fox Xi’an at six tomorrow.‎ ‎②Polonium is used to set off a nuclear bomb.‎ ‎③He set out to break the record for the crosschannel swim.④I don’t know how to set about this job.‎ shoot sb./sth;shoot at sb./sth.‎ 在shoot sb./sth.中,shoot为及物动词,除了shoot the arrow(射箭)外,其宾语多为射击的对象,即人或动物等。Shoot意为“打中、打死、枪决”。而在shoot at sb./sth.中,shoot为不及物动词,at表示动作的方向或目标,打中与否不得而知。试比较:‎ He shoot the bear.他打中了那只熊。‎ He shoot at the bear.他朝那只熊射击。‎ show off 该短语动词意为“炫耀”,而show sb./sth.off意为“显示……的优点”。如:‎ He is a man who is always showing off.‎ 由show 构成的短语动词有:‎ show up出现/出席,显眼 show…over/round带……参观 show…in领……进入;show…out领/送……出去 如:Only three of the people we invited to the party didn’t show up.‎ sign ‎ 1)用作名词:traffic signs交通标志;road signs 路标;‎ signs for the rest rooms厕所标志:signs of heart trouble 心脏病的迹象,signs of rain/earthquake下雨/地震的预兆。‎ ‎2)用作动词,表示“签名,作手势”。如:sign one’s name签名;sign the agreement 签署协议;sign to sb.朝某人做手势;sign to sb.to do sth.做手势让某人干某事。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①董事长在文件上签了名。‎ The president_______ ______ ______to the paper.‎ ‎②警察做手势叫我停下。‎ The policeman ________ ________ ________ _______.‎ Key:①singed,his,name②singed,me,to,stop single, not a single single是形容词,有“单一的,单个的,单身的,唯一的”意义;not a single表示“一个也没有”,起强调作用,位于句首时引起倒装。如:remain single尚未成婚;the single person唯一的人;a single bed/ticket/man/room单人床/单程票/独身男子/单人房间 He didn’t make a single mistake in the exam./Not a single mistake did he make in the exam.他在考试中没出一处错误。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①今天上午这个商店里一个人也没有。‎ ‎②他是能帮助我们的唯一的人。‎ Key: ①Not a single person has been in the shop this morning.‎ ‎②He’s the single person that can help us.‎ so far迄今为止;到现在为止。通常用现在完成时连用,so far可置于句首、句中或句末。‎ ‎①So far we have learned English for six years.到今年我们已经学了6年英语了。‎ ‎②Your work has been good so far this year.今年迄今为止你的工作很出色。‎ ‎③ We haven’t heard from Tom so far.至今我们还没收到汤姆的来信。‎ ‎6.the + 比较级,the + 比较级 越……,就越……。‎ ‎①The busier he is ,the happier he feels。越忙他越高兴。‎ ‎②The harder you work, the greater progress you’ll make.你学习越努力,取得的进步就越大。‎ ‎③The more hppily we live,the more we realize how much we owe to the Party。我们过得越幸福,就会更加认识到共产党的恩情。‎ ‎④The more I hear, the more I laugh.越听我笑得越厉害。‎ so,neither,norr 若表示另外一人也如何如何,则采用倒装形式,把系列动词,情态动词,助动词等提到主语之前;若主语为同一人,表示其就是如何,是系动词等不用提前。‎ 若句子为否定句,则用neither, nor ,如:‎ I don’t know, nor do I care .我不知道,也不关心。‎ ‎ 若前句既有肯定又有否定,或并列谓语形式不一致,则采用so it is with……,或It is the same with……的结构,如:‎ ‎—— He is writer and has written a lot of works .‎ ‎—— So it is with me. ( 或It is the same with me)‎ ‎ 此时说明我也是作家,也写了很多作品。若用so am I 只能说明我是作家。若用so have I 只能说明我也写了很多作品。再如:‎ ‎—— He is good at English, but doesn’t do well in maths.‎ ‎—— It is the same with me .( 或So it is with me )‎ 若用So am I 或 Nor do I 则只能分别说明其中一个方面。‎ so that 以便于;目的是为了。相当于in order that,引导目的状语从句。从句中常带有may/might;can/could;will/would/should等情态动词 ‎①He got up early so that he might catch the first bus.他早起为的是赶上第一班车。‎ ‎②I put on my glasses so that I could see more clearly.我戴上眼镜为的是看得清楚点。‎ ‎③He spoke loud so that everyone could hear him.他大声说是为了让大家都能听到。‎ 以上各句中的so that均可用in order that代替。‎ 当so that从句的主语与主句主语一致时,常可简化为in order to或so as to 结构。‎ 上面的①②句可转换为:‎ ‎①He got up early in order to catch the first bus.‎ ‎②I put on my glasses in order to see more clearly.‎ 上面的③句不可简化。但:‎ He spoke loud so that he could be heard by everyone.可转换为:He spoke loud in order to be heard by everyone.‎ 注意:in order that/in order to 表示目的时,可置于句首;so that/so as to 表示目的时不能置于句首。‎ so…that/such…that如此…以致于/结果……。‎ ‎ adj.‎ ‎ adv.‎ ‎ so+ adj.+a/an+n.(单数) +that ‎ many/much/few/little+n. ‎ ‎ a/an+adj.+n.(单数)‎ such+ n.(复数) +that ‎ n.(不可数)‎ ‎ 例句:①This film is so moving that I want to see it again.这电影太动人了,我还想再看一遍。‎ ‎②He walked so fast that I couldn’t keep up with him.他走得太快,我跟不上。‎ ‎③This is so interesting a book ‎ such an interesting book ‎ ‎④The villagers were such kind people that they all came to help us.村民们都是好心人,都前来给我们帮忙。‎ ‎⑤It is such fine weather that we all want to go out for a walk.天气这么好,我们都想出去走走。‎ ‎⑥There were so many books in the shop that he didn’t know which to buy.书店里书那么多,他都不知道买哪些。‎ so young a body 说明:在一个带有形容词的名词词组中,不定冠词a/an 通常放在adj.的前面。但是,如果adj.前有so, too, how,quite时,a/an应放 adj.的后面。其结构是:so/too/how/quite+adj.+a/an +n.。如:‎ ‎①He is so good a student.‎ ‎②It is too difficult a job for me.‎ spend vt.花费;用。其主语为“人”,宾语为“金钱”或“时间”;后面可搭配介词“on + 名词/代词”,或“in(可以省略) + 动名词”。‎ 使用句式为:sb. + money/time + on sth./(in)doing sth.‎ ‎①They spent 2019 yuan on the TV set./They spent 2019 yuan(in)buying the TV set.他们花了2019元这台买电视机。‎ ‎②The writer spent 2 years(in) writing the novel./on the novel.这位作家花了两年时间写这部小说。‎ 另外:“花钱”还常用以下两个句式:sb.+ pay money + for sth./sth.+cost sb.+money ‎①They paid 2019 yuan for the TV set.‎ ‎②The TV set cost them 2019 yuan.‎ ‎“花时间”还常用It takes sb. some time to do sth. 句式。‎ It took the writer 2 years to write the novel.‎ start with 以……开始 Today’s class starts with a question.‎ stay link-v. 保持;维持。后面通常接形容词作表语。‎ ‎①The weather stays fine for three days. 天气好了3天了。‎ ‎②The shop stayed open till six o’clock. 这家商店营业到6点。‎ stick ‎ (1)vt.;vi.粘住;离不开;坚持 Einstein stuck to his theories and went on with his work.爱因斯坦坚持他的理论并继续工作下去。‎ ‎(2)n.枝条;棍,手杖。‎ Professor Zhang walks with a stick.张教授拄着手杖走路。‎ ‎2.prove vt.;vi.证明;结果是;证明是。‎ ‎①Again history proved them wrong.历史再次证明他们错了。‎ ‎②I can prove that he never tells a lie.我能证明他从不说谎。‎ ‎③The method proved(to be)highly effective.这个方法证明是非常有效的。‎ still ‎ 1) 用作形容词,意为“静止的,不动的,平静的”。‎ 如:keep(stay) still保持不动;lie(stand)still躺着(站着)不 动;a still lake/evening 平静的湖/寂静的夜晚。‎ ‎2)用作副词,表示“还,仍旧”,可以修饰形容词、副词比较组。如:‎ be still busy仍然很忙;win still greater success取得更大成功。‎ ‎3)辨析still,quiet,silent;still侧重“一动不动”,quiet指“安静”,无动作,无声音,无骚乱,其反义词是noisy(吵闹的、喧哗的);silent指不出声,不说话。对比:sit still坐着不动;Be quiet,and the class will begin.请安静,马上就要开始上课了。‎ Hearing the answer,be was silent for a minute or more.听了回答之后,他沉默了一两分钟。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他个子高,他哥哥更高。‎ He is tall,but his brother is _________ _________.‎ ‎②我已经考虑了几个小时,但仍然不能决定。‎ I have been thinking for hours, but I ______can’t decide.‎ Key:①still, talker ②still stop…from doing sth.阻止……做某事。stop也可换为prevent 或keep.‎ ‎①Nothing can stop/prevent/keep us from doing that. 没有什么能阻止我们那样做 ‎②This is the best way to stop/prevent/keep such a thing from ‎ happening again.防止这样的事再次发生这是最好的办法。‎ 当该句型用到动词stop或prevent时,后面的from可以省略。‎ I tried to stop/prevent him(from)smoking, but I failed.我试图劝他戒烟,但没成功。‎ 但当用到动词keep时,from不能省略。因为省略后得到的是另一句型keep…doing sth.意为“使……不断地做某事”。‎ I’m sorry I’ve kept you waiting for so long .很抱歉让你久等了。‎ street, highway, road, path street指位于城镇都市内,路面平整,两旁有人行道和房子的公共通道,highway,指供车辆行使的主要道路或公路,是城市间的主要通道;road指通向某一目的地的任何道路;path指只容人通行的小路,山路。‎ ‎[应用]阅读下列句子,体会画线词的意思。‎ ‎①This is the point where two busy streets meet.‎ ‎②They turnede off the main highway onto a winding earth road.③There is a narrow road from our village to the next one.‎ ‎④Walk along the path or you may lose your way.‎ strike ‎ A.用作及物或不及物动词 ‎ ①表示“敲、打、击”。如:‎ The teacher truck the table whenever he was angry.‎ 教师一生气就敲桌子。‎ Strike while the iron is hot.趁热打铁。‎ ‎②表示“(钟)打点,鸣”。如:‎ The clock has just struck twelve.十二点的钟声刚刚响过。‎ ‎③表示“打动,给……以深刻印象,迷住”。如:‎ What struck us most was the great number of bicycles on the street. ‎ 给我们印象最深的就是街上的自行车非常多。‎ Visitors to Hangzhou are usually struck by the beautiful scenery.到杭州的游客常被那里的美景迷住。‎ I am struck by Annie’s honesty. 我被安妮的诚实所打动。‎ ‎④表示“(蛇、兽)咬,抓”。如:‎ His cousin was said to be struck by a snake.‎ 据说他的表姐被蛇咬伤了。‎ ‎⑤表示“罢工”。‎ Workers often strike in that country.‎ 那个国家的工人经常罢工。‎ 短语:strike at 朝…… 打击;strike against撞……;strike sb. on the head打某人的头。‎ B.用作名词:‎ go on strike举行罢工;be on strike 在罢工 ‎【应用】完成句子 ‎①他抓起一根棍子向我打来。‎ He seized a stick and ________ ________me .‎ ‎②孩子的头撞在墙上。‎ The child’s head ________ _______the wall.‎ ‎③售货员为提高工资而罢工。‎ The salesmen _______ ________ ________ for higher pay.‎ ‎④铁路工人正在罢工。‎ The railway workers _________ _________ ________.‎ Key:①struck,at ②struck, against ‎③went, on, strike ④are, on, strike struggle短语归纳 struggle可用作名词或动词,表示“斗争,奋斗,挣扎”。如:take up the struggle开始斗争;after a struggle经过战斗;through struggle通过斗争;struggle with sb.与某人搏斗;struggle against difficulties/death/illness/nature/strong winds与困难/死亡/疾病/自然界作斗争/与大风搏斗;struggle for a living/freedom为生活而挣扎/为自由而斗争;struggle to one’s feet挣扎着站起来。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我们一路上不得不与大风搏斗。‎ We had to _________ ________ strong winds all the way.‎ ‎②老太太挣扎着站起来,向家里走去。‎ The old woman _________ ________ ________ ________and struggled along the road to her home.‎ Key:①struggle, against ‎②struggled, to, her, feet such as 例如;诸如。用于列举同类的人或事物。‎ ‎①Writers such as Lu Xun and Ba Jin are well-known to all.象鲁迅、巴金这样的作家是众所周知的。‎ ‎②This summer we’re going to visit some places of interest,such as the Great wall,the Summer palace and the Imperial Palace.今年夏天我们要去参观一些名胜古迹,如长城,颐和园、故宫等。‎ 注意:and so on 等等。用于并列成分之后。‎ Here you can buy oil,salt,sugar,vineger and so on.在这里可以买到油、盐、糖、醋等。‎ suffer ‎ ①用作及物动词,意为“遭受,蒙受,受到,忍受”。如:suffer loss/pain/punishment/defeat/wrong/hardship/discouragement/disappointment/unfair/treatment/hunger遭受损失/疼痛/遭到惩罚/遭到失败/受到冤枉/忍受艰难/失去勇气/灰心丧气/受到不公正对待/挨饿。‎ ‎②用作不及物动词,意为“受痛苦、受损失,折磨,受惩罚”,与from搭配。如:suffer from headache/loss of memory/bad health患头疼/患有遗忘症/身体不好;suffer a lot from a strange illness因怪病吃了不少苦。‎ ‎[应用]汉译英 ‎①那个城市因地震而遭到严重破坏。‎ ‎②他们在战争中遭受了巨大痛苦。‎ Key: ①The city suffered serious damage from the earthquake.‎ ‎②They suffered a great deal in the war.‎ suggest vt.建议;提议。有三种常用句式(但不能说suggest sb.to do sth.)。‎ ‎(1)suggest sth.‎ ‎①Who suggested the plan?谁提出的这项计划?‎ ‎②She suggested Shanghai for their meeting.他提议在上海会面。‎ ‎(2)suggest doing sth.(不能接不定式)‎ ‎①He suggested going for a swim in the river after lunch.他提议午饭后去河里游泳。‎ ‎②I suggest talking with him as soon as possible.我建议尽快和他谈。‎ ‎(3)suggest than……此时的宾语从句通常用虚拟语气,即谓语用“should+原形”,should可以省略。‎ ‎①I suggested (that)Jane(should)start at once.我建议简马上出发。‎ ‎②I suggested Jack not wear the sweater.我建议杰克不要穿背心。‎ ‎③We suggested he be punished.我们提议惩罚他。‎ 注意:suggest当“表明;暗示”讲时后面的宾语从句不用虚拟语气。‎ ‎①The smile on her face suggested she was very happy.脸上的微笑说明她很高兴。‎ ‎②His silence suggested that he didn’t agree with us.沉默不语表明他不同意我们的意见。‎ suggest+宾语从句 suggest 在此意为“建议”,后面的宾语从句的谓语用了虚拟语气,其结构是:should do或do,否定形式为:should not do或not do.如:‎ I suggested that LiMing (should)be sent to the south.‎ 我建议把李明派往南方。‎ I suggested that he (should)not do it today.我建议他今天先不要做。‎ suggest只有作“建议”解时,后面才可以跟“should(not)+动词原形”的形式,当suggest作“表明”解时不可以用此结构。如:‎ His smile suggested that he was quite satisfied with our work.他的微笑表示他对我们的工作很满意。‎ 同时,即使是suggest作“建议”解,在现代英语中,谓语也可以用其他形式。‎ I suggest that you don’t ask him home for the vacation.我建议你假期不要邀他回家去。(句中用don’t ask,而没有用should not ask或not ask)‎ I suggest that Robert might go to Beijing and have a talk with Mr Wu.我建议罗伯特去北京同吴先生谈一谈。(句中用might ‎ go而没有用should go 或go)‎ supply vt.供应;提供给。常用结构:‎ supply sb. with sth./supply sth. to sb.两种结构常常可以转换。‎ ‎①The factory supplies us with some parts of the car.‎ The factory supplies some parts of the car to us.这家工厂为我们提供一些汽车零部件。 ‎ ‎②The peasants supply vegetables to the city.‎ The peasants supply the city with vegetables.农民们为城市提供疏菜。‎ suppose vt.认为;猜测 ‎①suppose n. to be ②suppose that从句 ‎③suppose so/not We all supposed him to be honest. 我们认为他老实。‎ I don’t suppose that I shall come back until eight o’clock.‎ 我想一直要到八点钟我才返回。‎ ‎—Will he come?他会回来吗?‎ ‎—I suppose so.我想他会。‎ ‎ I suppose not./I don’t suppose so.我想他不会。‎ Surprise to one’s surprise表示“令人吃惊的是”,是介词短语。作结果状语或插入语,位于句首,其中one’s 指形容词性物主代词或名词所有格,surprise前也可用形容词修饰。例如:‎ To my great surprise, he passed the English examination.令我大为吃惊的是,他的英语考试极格了。‎ To Mr Lin’s surprise, Miss Li alone got three gold medals.使林先生吃惊的是,李小姐一人得三块金牌。‎ ‎(2)in surprise表示“吃惊地、惊奇地”,是介词短语,作程度状语,常位于谓语之后。例如:‎ ‎“How do you come to know it ?”Mr Zhao asked in surprise.赵先生惊奇地问:“你怎么知道的?”‎ He shouted to us in surprise.他吃惊地向我们呼喊。‎ ‎(3)by surprise表示“出其不意、趁……不防、突然”,是介词短语,作方式状语。例如:‎ He took the dog by surprise. 他趁那条狗不防突然进行袭击。‎ His visit took me by surprise.他的突然来访使我感到意外 surprised adj.感到惊奇 ‎①be surprised to do ②be surprised at ‎③be surprised that从句 They were surprised to hear the news.‎ 他们听到那个消息感到很惊讶。‎ He was surprised at their visit.‎ 他对他们的来访感到惊讶。‎ We are surprised that she can finish all these things in such a short time.‎ 我们对她在短时间内做完这一切感到十分惊讶。‎ swallow vt.吞吃;不嚼就吃下去 ‎ She swallowed the medicine with the help of some water.‎ ‎ 她用水把药送下去了。‎ ‎ He just swallows his food; he is always in a hurry.‎ ‎ 他吃饭狼吞虎咽,总是这么匆忙。‎ take 短语归纳 take along 带着,带在身边;take one’s place 坐某人的座位,代替某人的职位;take medicine 吃药;take steps采取步骤;take measures采取措施;take advice 接受建议;take a taxi坐出租车;take a look at 看;take a bath/walk/rest/trip洗澡/散步/休息/旅行;take away拿走; take down拿下,记录下;take back 带回,收回(话);take off脱下(衣、鞋、帽),(飞机)起飞;take out取出;take place 发生;take the place of代替,取代;take up 开始,拿起;take a deep breath深呼吸;take one’s temperature量体温;take a photo照像;take a photograph of给……拍照;take one’(a)seat 坐下,坐好;take aim at 瞄准;take charge of 负责(管理某事或照顾某人);take…for把……误当作;take hold of 抓住;take ‎ interest对……发生兴趣;take it easy别紧张,别过累;take notes作笔记;take notice of 注意;take office就职;take a new look on呈现新面貌;take on workers 雇佣工人;take part in参加(活动);take pride in 为……而骄傲;take the lead带头;take trouble费劲(力);take the side of 支持某人(方);take a day off某一天休假,不工作;take one’s time从容行事,慢慢来;take turns轮流。take a bath:洗个澡 take a taxi:打的take off:脱去;起飞 take care of:照料take exercise:运动take away:拿走take a look:看一看take turns:轮流take one’s time:慢慢做 take a photo:拍照take one’s temperature:量休温take a bus:乘公共汽车take medicine:服药 take an interest in: 对……感兴趣take a seat:就座 take the floor:起立发言take a prize:获奖take the chair:当主席take place:发生 take hold of:握住take a rest:休息一下 take in:收容take fire:着火 take a drive:乘马车take a nap:小睡一会儿(午觉)take a shower:洗个淋浴 take a trip:旅行take a walk:散个步 ‎[应用]完成句子。‎ ‎①你为什么不带你妈妈参加音乐会呢?‎ Why don’t you ________ _______ your mother__________to the ‎ concert?‎ ‎②墙上的地图太旧了,取下来吧。‎ The map on the wall is to old. _________ _________ ________.‎ ‎③对不起,我收回我刚才的话。‎ Sorry. I _______ _______ what I said just now.‎ ‎④我把他当成我弟弟了。‎ I ________him _________ my younger brother.‎ Key:①take,along②Take, it ,down③take, back④took,for take an interest in 对……感兴趣 have an interest in 对……感兴趣 lose interest in 对……失去兴趣 ‎①He has a great interest in stamp-collecting.‎ ‎②I lost my interest in history.‎ ‎③His father took no interest in him.‎ take charge 该词组意为“掌管”,“负责”,常与of介词连用,后接宾语,与“be responsible for”同意。如:‎ Betty took charge of all the preparations for the exhibition sales.‎ take…for example take…as an example 以……为例 You can take it for example that he always helps the old.‎ 你可以把他帮助老人这件事作为一个例子。‎ Take Peter as an example, he is brave and kind.以彼得为例,他既勇敢又善良。‎ take/have a look at 看一下。该动词短语比look at 更侧着于一次性动作,即“看一眼”。‎ Can I take/have a look at your new watch?我看一看你新买的手表好吗? ‎ 类似的短语还有:take /have a rest /an exam/a bath等。‎ take on; take sth. on意为“从事”,“担任”,“承担”。如:‎ ‎ ①He is taking on a new job.‎ ‎②You’ve taken on too much.‎ 你承担的工作太多了。‎ take sb. on接受挑战 如:He took Jack on at golf.‎ take on a new look呈现新面貌 如:Our country has taken on a new look every where.‎ take photograph of/take photograph for ‎ take photograph of 表示拍照的内容。 take photograph for 表示拍照的目的。如:‎ He took some photographs of these beautiful flowers.‎ 他拍了一些这些美丽的花的照片。‎ He took some photographs for the foreigners. ‎ 他为那些外国人拍了一些照片。‎ take…by surprise对……突然袭击,出乎……意料。‎ His parents took him quite by surprise when they suddenly appeared at the door.‎ take turns = take in turns轮流(做某事)‎ ‎ The two boys took turns at digging the hole.‎ ‎ 这两个男孩轮流来挖坑。‎ ‎ The three men took turns to drive so one would not be too tired.‎ ‎ 这三个人轮流开车,因此,就不会有人过于疲劳了。‎ take up, take down ‎ ①take up arms/guns/knives/Japanese/too much room/the whole ‎ day/the cry/the song拿起武器/拿起枪/拿起刀子/开始学日语/占太多的空间/占了整整一天的时间/喊起来/唱起来。‎ ‎②take down the old picture /what he said取下旧画/记录下他说的话。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①他20岁时开始写作。‎ He _________ _________ _________at the age of twenty.‎ ‎②会议占了整个上午的时间。‎ The meeting_________ _________the whole morning.‎ Key:①took, up ,writing ②took, up talk of; talk about; talk on 这组词均可以表示“谈”,但程度不同。talk of 只表示“涉及”;talk about 表示谈细节;talk on兼有议论。如:‎ Talking of Shanghai, have you been there in summer?谈到上海,你夏天在那儿待过吗?‎ What are you talking about?你们在谈论什么呢?‎ They are talking on the book.他们在谈论这本书。‎ talk things through把话说完;充分讨论 ‎ You’d better talk things through. I will listen with complete attention.‎ ‎ 你最好把话讲完。我会专心听的。‎ ‎ If I had enough time, I would have talked things through.‎ ‎ 如果有足够的时间,我会把话说完的。‎ tear短语归纳 tear out撕下,扯下,拔起;tear up 撕碎,拔起(后一词义同tear out);tear down撕下,拆毁,tear at撕扯某物;tear sth.open把……撕开;tear sth.to(into)pieces把……撕成碎片。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①这本书的前几页被人撕掉了。‎ The first pages of this book were ________ ________by someone.‎ ‎②很多树被大风拔起了。‎ Many trees were________ ________by the strong wind.‎ ‎③她一看完就把信撕碎了。‎ She _________ _________ the letter the moment she had read it.‎ ‎④工人们把旧房拆了,在原址建起了新房。‎ The workmen__________ _________the old house and built a new ‎ one in its place.‎ Key:①torn, out ②torn, out(up)③tore, up ④tore, down ‎.tear out撕下,撕掉 ‎ He tore some of the papers out of the book.他从书中撕下了几页。‎ ‎ 对比:tear up撕碎,撕毁,连根拔起 ‎ She tore up the letter.‎ ‎ 她把信撕碎了。‎ ‎ The trees were torn up by the hurricane.‎ ‎ 树木被飓风连根拔起。‎ ‎ 另:tear down拆除(建筑物等) tear sth. in two/half 把……撕成两半 tell A from B →tell difference between A and B.‎ ‎①Can you tell the difference between the two words?你能辨别这两个单词间的不同吗?[来源:1]‎ ‎②It’s hard to tell one twin from the other.双胞胎很难分辨。‎ the coming…:the next 即将/正在到来的。‎ ‎①—Hi,why are you so busy?你好,怎么那么忙?‎ ‎—Because I’m preparing for the coming examination我正为快要到来的考试做准备 ‎②We have decided to hold a sports meet during the coming autumn.我们已经决定今年秋季开运动会。‎ the rest 其余的人或物。可替代可数名词复数或不可数名词。作主语时,谓语动词数的形式应由替代的名词形式决定。‎ ‎①These three books are mine.The rest are his .这三本书是我的,其余的是他的。‎ ‎②Just give me a glass of the beer ; the rest is yours.给我一杯啤酒就行,其余的归你。‎ the same (…)as…和/同……一样。same之前总是带定冠词 ‎①Jenny looks the same as before.詹妮看起来和以前一样。‎ ‎②He is the same age as his wife.他和他妻子同龄。‎ ‎③I have the same opinion as you(have).我和你意见一致。‎ The same to you : I wish you the same .希望您也如此。‎ 当听到对方的良好祝愿时,常用此句来作答。‎ ‎①— Have a good time.祝你愉快。 ‎ ‎ —The same to you.祝你愉快。‎ ‎②—Merry Christmas and Happy New year. 祝你圣诞快乐、新年幸福。‎ ‎—The same to you .祝你也快乐、幸福。‎ 但:—Happy birthday to you.祝你生日快乐。—Thank you.谢谢。‎ 如果双方同一天生日,就用The same to you.‎ 句型:the + 形容词或副词比较级,the + 形容词或副词比较级(越……,就越……)‎ ‎①The more, the better.越多越好。‎ The more they talked, the more encouraged they felt.他们越说,就越感到鼓舞。‎ The more he thought about it, the less he liked.他对这个考虑越多,就越不喜欢。‎ The harder you study, the more progress you’ll make. 越努力学习,你的进步就越大。‎ There are safety measures to follow while training.‎ 该句意为“训练时必须遵守安全措施”,这句话里应注意两点:‎ ‎①while training 是从属连词与分词连用,在句子中做时间状语。结构“when/while + -ing 或过去分词短语”的使用条件是:‎ when/while 从句中的主语与主句中的主语相同。如:‎ You should have dropped in on me when staying here.‎ 除了when/while 外,其他的从属连词如if,as if, though, as ‎ before,after等,也有这样的用法。如:‎ If heated, ice can be turned into water.‎ ‎②to follow 是不定式做定语,修饰名词measures,是主动表被动。在There be 句型中,用不定式做的定语时,即就是不定式与所修饰的名词之间是动宾关系,也常用不定式的主动语态形式。如:‎ There is a lot of work to do.‎ there be句型:①是一种倒装句式,be后的主语要和be在数上保持一致。如:‎ There is a pen, two books and some other things on the table.桌上有一支笔,两本书和一些其他的东西。‎ ‎②there be句型有完成式there have(has)been;有将来式there is ‎ going to(will)be。‎ ‎③there be句型中可加情态动词。如:‎ I am sure there used to be a shop near here.我肯定在这附近以前有家商店。‎ ‎④there be句型中有的be,还可以用其他词表示“有、存在”,there live(一般跟人,有……一个人),there stand(指物,树、高楼之类),there lie(物,如一片土地等)。如:‎ There stand many tall buildings in our school and there lies a large wheat field in front of it.‎ 我们学校里耸立着许多高楼,校门口是一大片麦田 there is no need…‎ need 在此为不可数名词,意为“需要”、“必须”,使用时应该注意它使用的句式结构,即我们只能说“There is no need for +n./(for sb.)to do ...”‎ 不能说“It is no need (for sb.)to do sth.”‎ There is sth.wrong with...,......出问题了,出毛病了。‎ 相当于sth.is wrong with….‎ ‎①—What’s wrong with you?你怎么了?‎ ‎—There is something wrong with my back.我的背有点毛病。‎ ‎②—Is there anything wrong with yous radio?你的收音机出毛病了吗?‎ ‎ —Yes.It doesn’t work.是的,不响了。‎ think to oneself 该动宾词组意为“心里想”。如:‎ She was thinking to herself how cold the room was.‎ Think aloud意为“自言自语”(=talk to oneself)。如:‎ He stood there with his lips moving as if he talked to ‎ himself/thought aloud.‎ think up 想出,想起(办法等)‎ The students try to think up an idea to play football without$being seen.‎ think over熟虑;think out 想出,想透(问题等)‎ think of考虑,认为,想起think about 考虑,想出 think aloud自言自语 Think well/highly/much of 篙度赞扬……;对……赞赏、印象好。‎ ‎①All the teachers think well of Yang Pei.所有老师都对杨蓓印象很好。‎ ‎②Our work was well thought of.我肎的工作受到了高度评价。‎ 反义词组为:think poorly/little/nothing of this/that kind of…‎ ‎┉of this/that kind“葩种……”‎ 析:this/that kind of 后常用“单数名词”;而…of this/that kind前常用“复数名词”。即:‎ this/that kind of+单数名词=复数名词+of this/that kind ‎ 例:This kind of car is made in China.(单数谓语动词)‎ ‎= Cars of this kind are made in China.(复数谓语动词)‎ throughout; all over; all through 本组词都有“遍及、贯穿”的意思,但所接名词不同。throughout后接表示时间和地点等名词。如:‎ He worked throughout the night and the next day.他工作了整整一夜和第二天一天。‎ The disease spread throughout the country.这种病蔓延全国。‎ all over一般接表示地点的名词。如:‎ Just before he was killed, he sent a message to his comrades all over the country.在他被杀害之前,他把信送给了全国各地的同志们。‎ all through 一般接表示时间的名词。如;‎ The light was burning all through the night.灯彻夜亮着。‎ throw away抛弃 throw in插进(话语)‎ throw off脱 throw out 抛出,丢弃 throw over把……抛过去(抛回),抛弃(朋友)‎ time ‎ 1)表示“时间”,不可数 ‎ most of the time 大部分时间;enough time 足够的时间;ahead of time 提前;spare time 抽出时间;spend time 度过时间;take some time 花一些时间;pass time 度过一段时间;waste time 浪费时间;devote time in时间用在某方面;save time 节省时间 ‎2)表示“次数,倍”解,是可数名词,有单复数 three times 三次;how many times 几次;five times as large as…五倍的大小;this time 这一次;last time 上一次;next time 下一次;each/every time 每一次;for the first time 第一次;‎ ‎3)表示“时代,时报”多用复数形式 in the old times 在古时候;in ancient/modern times 在古代/现代;in one’s time 在某人那个时代;be ahead of one’s time 在时代面前;at the time of 在……时代;New York Times纽约时报 注意:have a good time 过得愉快,have a hard time/have hard times 日子过得艰难 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①每次我去见他,他都忙着工作。‎ ‎____ _____ I called on him, he was busy with his work.‎ ‎②这是我第一次来到北京。‎ This is ______ ______ _____ _____ I have been to Beijing.‎ ‎③她那个时候妇女不能上学。‎ ‎______ _____ ______ women could not go to school.‎ ‎④六十年代那里的人们日子过得很艰难。‎ In the 1960’s the people there_____ _____ _____.‎ Key: ①Each, time ②the, first, time,that ③In, her, time,④had, hard,times to be honest 该固定词组意为“老实说”,是动词不定式结构,与“to tell the truth”同义,它常用来表达某人的期望。如:‎ To be honest, I didn’t go there.‎ too…to结构 一般情况下“too… to ”表示否定意义“太……而不……”。如:‎ His brother is too young to go to school.他弟弟太小还不能上学。‎ The sentence is too difficult for me to translate.这个句子太难我译不了。‎ 但在以下情况,“too…to ”并不表示否定意义。‎ ‎(1)当too之后跟的是表示主语的态度、情感、心情或倾向的词时(常见的这类词有glad, eager, anxious, happy, ready, nervous, pleased等)。如:‎ We were too eager to know the result of the exam.我们急于想了解考试结果。‎ She was too ready to speak.她太多嘴多舌。‎ He was too anxious to leave.她急于离开。‎ Sometimes we are too easy to overlook our own faults.有时我们很容易忽略自己的错误。‎ ‎(2)如果把以上结构中的不定式重复一次,则前一个表示肯定意义而后一个表示否定意义。如:‎ Such a man is too ready to blame others to blame himself.这种人最爱责人而不责己。‎ ‎(3)如果在“too...to”结构中含有not或never等否定词时,则表示肯定。如:One is never too old to learn.活到老,学到老。‎ English isn’t too diffcult to learn.英语并非难得学不会。(或:英语并不难学。)‎ The girl is too careful not to make any mistakes.这女生很细心不会出错。‎ Mary is too clever not to believe him.玛丽很聪明不会相信他的。‎ ‎(4)在too前有only, just, simply, all, but等词时,不定式也表示肯定。如:‎ ‎ The foreign visitors are only too glad to have an opportunity to visit the Great Wall .这些外宾非常希望有参观长城的机会。‎ The boy is only(just/but)too happy to help other students.这位男生特别喜欢帮助别人。‎ He knows but too well to hold his tongue.他深知少说为佳。‎ Trick play a trick on sb.= play with sb.捉弄某人,耍弄计谋 ‎ He is always playing tricks on others.‎ ‎ 他总爱捉弄别人。‎ ‎ Don’t play tricks on me. I want to know the truth.‎ ‎ 别耍我,我想知道真相。‎ troop n./v.‎ ‎ (1)n. 一群,大量,许我troops军队,部队 ‎ A troop of school children went into the museum.‎ ‎ 一大群学生走进了博物馆。‎ ‎ The local people demand the withdrawal(撤退)of foreign troops.‎ ‎ 当地的人们要求撤退外国军队。‎ ‎ (2)vi.集合,群集;成群涌向,结队而行 ‎ The students trooped up on the sports ground.‎ ‎ 学生们在操场上集合。‎ ‎ We all trooped into/out of the hall.‎ ‎ 我们成群地进入/走出礼堂。turn构成的短语 turn out 结果是……、变成……‎ turn against 反戈一击、反对……,对……不满 turn back打退堂鼓,返回 turn down拒绝;把……(音量等)放低,开小 turn in上交某物,交回 turn into变为 turn off关上(收音机、龙头等);离开(公路等);对……失去兴趣,反感 turn on开(收音机等),使……感兴趣;吸引;向……进攻;责怪 turn out结果是、最后情况是……,关(电灯、煤气等),生产、造就 turn over移交,随便翻阅 turn to sb.寻救帮助;查阅资料;努力于、加劲干 turn up来赴(宴、开会),出现;把(音量)放大;使作呕。如:‎ ‎①There was no body that I could turn to.‎ 当时没有一个人能帮助我。‎ ‎②Please turn off the TV set. It’s wasting power.‎ 把电视关了吧,太费电啦。‎ ‎③Things turned out to be smoothly developing.‎ 事情结果正常发展。‎ ‎④Our suggestions were turned down at the meeting.‎ 会议没有采纳我们的建议。‎ turn当名词用时,意为“轮到某人干……,转折;倾向;作风”等意思。如:‎ She went hot and cold by turns.‎ 她一阵热,一阵冷。‎ by turns轮流;一阵……,一阵……;out of turn不该谁……干,不合时宜。do sb.a good(bad)turn 帮了某人的忙(倒忙)‎ turn to 其中to为介词。‎ ‎(1)转向。‎ He turned to me and said hello to me.他转向我向我问好。‎ ‎(2)查阅;求助于。‎ If you are in trouble,please turn to me.如果你有麻烦,请找我。‎ up 的用法:adv.守全,彻底 ‎ Time is up.时间到了 ‎ Have you used up you money?‎ ‎ 你的钱用完了吗?‎ ‎ 常用短语:eat up吃光;tear up撕掉;use up用光;lock up锁住;burn up烧光;get up起床;up and down上上下下,来来往往。‎ up until…‎ 该结构意为“一直到……为止”,谓动常用完成时态。如:‎ Up until yesterday two sides had agreed on all the items of this contract.‎ used to ;would; be used to ‎ ‎(1)used to 表示“过去惯常”,但“现在不做了”,指过去的习惯或状态,to 为不定式符号,后跟动词原形。有两点须注意:‎ ‎①否定式。used to do sth.的否定式有两种形式:‎ used not (usedn’t)to do sth.‎ didn’t use to do sth.例如:‎ He didn’t use to (usedn’t to)like country music,but now ‎ he is getting interested.‎ ‎②疑问式。used to do sth.的疑问式也有两种形式。其简短回答中的to通常不予省略,但动词原形常被省略。‎ Did + sb.(主语)+ use to do sth.?‎ Used + sb.(主语)+ to do sth.?‎ Did he use to play basketball?‎ Used he to play basketball?‎ ‎(2)would(可以)是will的过去式,也可表示习惯动作。‎ ‎①would用于过去将来时。‎ 过去将来时的基本形式是:would+动词原形,在英国英语中,主语是第一人称时,would可换做should,第二、三人称用would。‎ I thought I would make lots of new friends.我曾认为我会交上许多新朋友。‎ ‎②would表示过去习惯的动作。‎ ‎“would + 动词原形”表示过去的习惯动作,与used to 同义,但与used to 有别。Used to do表示过去经常发生的动作或存在的状态,同时隐含有“现在已经有所改变”的意思,而“would+do sth.” 可以用来表示“过去经常发生”,但不表示“过去存在的状态”。‎ She used to say“No pains,no gains”。‎ 她过去常说:“不劳而获”。(used to可以换为would)‎ I used to live in the countryside.我过去住在农村。(此句的used to不可用would换用)‎ ‎(3)be used to具有双重含义:‎ ‎①be used to是use sth.to do sth的被动形式,意为“被用来干某事”,to为不定式符号。例如:Rice may be used to make wine.‎ ‎②be used to表示“习惯于……,”be可以换为get或become,表示“开始、变得习惯于……”,to 为介词,其后接名词、代词或动词作宾语。例如:‎ I’m used to English food.‎ very当形容词用时,意思为“正是,恰好是……”如果有定语从句则常用that 引导。如:This is the very book(that)I’m after.这正是我要找的书。‎ waste ‎ It is a waste of time/money to do sth.干……浪费时间(钱)‎ It’s a waste of time to fix this watch.‎ watch over 该短语动词意为“照看”,“保护”,“监视”。如:‎ Will you watch over my clothes while I go shopping.‎ Watch out(for sth.)意为“注意”,“监视”,“当心”。如:‎ The doctor told her to watch out for anything unusual.‎ way(s)后的定语从句 修饰way(s)(方法,方式)的定语从句其关系词可以用in which,that也可省略关系词,但不能直接使用which.如:I feel angry about the way(that)he has treated me./I feel angry about the way in which he has treated me.我对他对待我的方式感到生气。‎ 对比:He found a way that/which led to success.(way在从句中作主语) 他找到了一条通往成功的路。‎ ‎[应用]单句改错 ‎①I don’t like the way which you laugh at her.‎ ‎②They didn’t to the experiment the way in that we do now.‎ key:①在which前加in或改which为that ‎ ‎②改that为which或去掉in welcome ‎1)welcome sb.warmly/give sb.a warm welcome热烈欢迎某人;have a rather cold welcome 受到冷遇 ‎2)You are welcome to …欢迎光临某地;Welcome to China.欢迎到中国来;You are welcome. 不用谢,别客气(回答感谢)。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①我们没料到他们会如此热烈地欢迎我们。‎ We didn’t expect that they_____ us such a warm _____.‎ ‎②欢迎你们到我们学校来。‎ You are ____ _____ our school.‎ Key: ①gave, welcome ‎②welcome,to What about when we leave ?‎ What /How about a drink?‎ What /How about the two of us having a drink?‎ How do you like/find the film?‎ What do you think of it? 征求意见、看法时 What do you think I should do?你认为我该怎么办?‎ 其中的do you think看作插入语,相当于what should I do,do you think?‎ ‎①I think Tom is the best student in our class.我认为汤姆是我们班最好的学生。划线Tom 提问则得:Who do you think is the best student in our class?你认为谁是我们最好的学生?‎ ‎(不能说:Do you think who is the best student in our class?)‎ ‎②What do you think is going to happen next?你认为下一步要发生什么事。‎ ‎③Which way do you think is better?你认为哪个方法较好呢?‎ Wht is more更重要的,而且 ‎ It’s a useful book, and, what is more, not an expensive one.‎ ‎ 它是一本有用的书而且不贵。‎ ‎ We invited a new speaker and, what is more, he was happy to come.‎ ‎ 我们请了一位新的演讲者而且他很高兴来。‎ ‎ 同义短语:moreover, in addition, besides, what’s wore whatever用法小结 whatever 是一种用法较特殊的代词,兼有连接词和关系词的作用,主要有以下三种用法:‎ ‎(1)引导主语从句和宾语从句,意思是“凡是……的事物(=anything that)”.‎ Whatever I have is yours.我所有的东西就是你的。(主语从句)‎ Go to stamp sales and buy whatever you can afford.到邮票销售处去把你能买得起的邮票都买下来。(宾语从句)‎ She would tell him whatever news she got.她会把所听到的任何消息都告诉他。(宾语从句)‎ Talk to me about whatever is troubling you.把任何使你烦恼的事都对我谈谈。(介词宾语从句)‎ whatever在这类从句中可作主语、宾语、定语等。‎ ‎(2)引导状语从句,多表示让步,意思是“不管什么、无论怎样”。如:‎ Don’t change your plans, whatever happens.无论怎样,你都别改变计划。‎ Whatever I am, it’s useful to know foreign languages.无论我做什么工作,懂外语总是有用的。‎ So don’t lose heart, whatever you do。因此无论你做什么,都不要丧失信心。‎ Whatever the old man was like, most of his scientific work was sound.无论那位老人怎么样,他大部分的科研工作是好的。‎ You have to go on,whatever difficulties you meet.无论你遇到什么困难,你都必须干下去。‎ Whatever在这类从句中可作主语、表语、宾语、介词宾语、定语等。‎ 这类句中的某些成分还可以省略。如:‎ The country is always beautiful whatever the season(is).无论哪个季节,这个国家总是很美。‎ when conj. (就在)这时、那时。用作并列连词,不能置于句首。‎ ‎① I was listening to music when I heard someone knocking at the door. 我正在听音乐,这时听到有人敲门。‎ ‎② I’ll call on you tomorrow, when I’ll explain it to you. 明于我去看你,那时我再向你说明那件事情。‎ when的用法:‎ ‎①when在本句中,可以相当于if,引导条件状语从句,意为“既然”。如:‎ How can I help them to understand when they won’t listen to ‎ me?‎ ‎②when意为“当……的时候”,“在……时”,引导时间状语从句。‎ ‎③when是并列连词(=and then)意为“就在这/那时”,连接两个句子。如:We are about to go to city when it is raining.‎ whenever,“无论什么时候”,既可引导让步状语从句,也可引导名词性从句,whoever,whichever,whatever,wherever,however等也同样。‎ ‎“no matter when” 只能引导让步状语从句,no matter what(who,where,which,when,how) 也同样。‎ ‎①Whoever leaves the room last must close the door.‎ ‎②Whoever came here,he will be welcomed.‎ whisper whisper可用作名词或动词,意为“低语,私语”。如:whisper to sb.对某人耳语;whisper about sth./sb.小声议论某事/人;whisper sth. to sb.低声告诉某人某事;in a whisper低声地;It’s whishpered that…私下说……。‎ 对比:say to sb.对某人说;speak to sb.和某人说话;talk to sb.和某人说话;explain to sb.对某人解释说;lie to sb.对某人撒谎说。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①老师低声给孩子们讲了个故事。‎ The teacher_________ a story to the children./The teacher told the children a story ___________ ____________ _____________.‎ ‎②有人私下说史密斯先生的生意在衰败。‎ ‎________ _________ _________ that Mr Smith’s business is falling.‎ Key:①Whispered/in,a, whisper ‎②It,is, whispered with就……来说。‎ The problem with looking into space from the earth is that there is a lot of dust in the earth air.从地球上观察太空存在一个问题,这就是地球的大气中有着大量的尘埃。‎ ‎①With many of the poor, hunger is a constant problem.食不果腹是许多穷人经常存在的问题。‎ ‎②The problem with these men was that they had no knowledge.这些人的主要问题是他们没有知识。‎ with fear 该介词短语意为“由于害怕”,with + n.有时用来表示原因,其中的n.常是表示情感的名词。‎ 如:Her face turned pale with fear.‎ word 短语归纳 ‎①would like a word with sb.想和某人说句话;‎ have a word with sb.与某人说句话;‎ get in a word /get a word in 插话;‎ in a (one)word总之, 一句话。‎ ‎②keep one’s word信守诺言,break one’s word失信;translate sth. word for word 逐字翻译;have/get word(that)…有消息说,获得消息,听说;Word has come/came that…传来消息说……;‎ ‎③have a few words with sb.和某人说几句话;have words(with sb.)争吵,争论;in words 用言语;with words口头上,in other words/in another word换句话说;match words with deeds言行一致;waster one’s words白费口舌;the last words临终遗言;sharp words苛刻的话;soft words甜言蜜语 ‎④[应用]完成句子 ‎①传来消息说中国女子足球队获亚军。‎ ‎_______ ________ _______the Chinese Women Football Team had won second place.‎ ‎②我听说他们昨晚相互争吵起来。‎ I________ _________ that they_________ _________with each other last night.‎ work on/ work at work on与work at可通用,表示“忙于……”。但在work on sth.中,sth是work的具体对象;而在work at sth.中,sth. 只说明所从事工作的性质,即时间、精力用在某一方面的事情上,而不在于说明正在做什么。如:‎ He is working on/ at a novel.他正在专心写一部小说。‎ They have worked at this subject for many years.他们从事这项课题的研究已经好多年了。‎ Bob worked hard on organizing other singers to sing for him for free.鲍勃积极地组织其他歌唱家为他义务演唱。‎ work out算出;解决。‎ ‎①Can you work out how much money it will need?你能算出需多少钱吗?‎ ‎②I’ve worked out the problem.我已解决了这个问题。‎ ‎8.take sides(in)袒护;站在……一边。‎ ‎①They took the side of their child.他们袒护自己的孩子。‎ ‎②She has taken sides in the quarrel.她参与了争吵。‎ Worth be worth doing = be(well)worthy of being done / to be done(很)值得做 ‎ The city is worth visiting.这个城市值得参观。‎ ‎ (= The city is worthy of being visited. = The city is worthy to be visited.)‎ worth; worthy 两者均是形容词,意思是“值得……的”,用法如下:‎ ‎(1)worthy可以作定语,worth不能。例如:‎ a worthy rival值得较量的对手 ‎(2)worth后面直接跟名词(多为表示钱或代价的名词),其作用相当于介词;worthy后面接名词时须与of连用(一般不接表示钱的名词)。例如:This second-hand book is worth 100 dollars.这本旧书值100美元。‎ His deed is worthy of praise.他的事迹值得赞扬。‎ ‎(3)worth后面可直接跟动名词的主动结构;worthy后接动名词的被动结构,且须与of连用,worthy后也可接不定式的被动式。例如:‎ This book is worth reading./ This book is worthy of being read./ This book is worthy to be read.这本书值得一读。‎ The city is worth visiting./The city is worthy to be visited./ The city is worthy of being visited.‎ ‎(4)表示“很值得”,通常用well修饰,而不用very。例如:‎ The film is well worth seeing.这部电影很值得一看。‎ would like 想要;愿意;希望。用来表示愿望,常用结构:‎ ‎(1)would like sth.‎ Would you like some beer?想喝点啤酒吗?‎ ‎(2)would like to do sth.愿意、想要做某事。‎ 第一人称作主语时也可用should,用常用缩写形式。‎ ‎①He’d like to go there but he is too busy.他想到那里去,但太忙了 。‎ ‎②I would/should like to study medicine and become a doctor.我想学医当医生。‎ 注意:回答时常用省略形式。‎ ‎—Would you like to drink some beer? 想喝点啤酒吗? ‎ ‎—Yes ,I’d like to .好吧,喝点。‎ ‎(3)would like sb.to do sth.想要、希望别人做某事。并不是主语做。‎ ‎①I would like her to stay in the company.我希望她留在公司里。‎ ‎②I’d like you to lend some money to him.我想要你借点钱给他。‎ would like; should like ‎(1)两个短语均指“想要……”,与want同义,但would(should)like的语气较want婉转或客气。‎ ‎(2)would like 可用于各种人称;而should like则主要用于第一人称。例如:‎ He would(不用should)like to be a doctor.他希望当大夫。‎ We would(不用should)like to hear your views about it.我们想听听你对这个问题的看法。‎ ‎(3)在疑问句中常用would like,而不用should like。例如:‎ What would you like for breakfast?你早饭想吃什么?‎ ‎(4)这两个短语常常简略为’d like,后面可接名词、代词或动词不定式,不接动名词。例如:‎ Would you like to leave a message?你要不要留话?‎ 误:Would you like leaving a message?‎ ‎(5)在省略回答中,would like to 中的to 不可省略,只省略to后面的词语(但be 除外)。例如:‎ ‎①—Would you like to join us tonigh?‎ ‎—Oh, I’d like to (join you),but I have a friend to see off at the station.‎ ‎② —Would you like to be a singer?‎ ‎ —Yes,I’d like to be (a singer).‎ would say总是会说……‎ would有过去、常常……之意,但它与used to 的用法不相同的。‎ ‎①表示过去持续的状态或感情总是used to 而不是would。因此,would不与表示状态的动词连用。‎ There used to be a hospital/here.(√)‎ 这里过去有一所医院。‎ There would be…(×)‎ ‎②used to 和would都可以表示过去规则的行为,但通常would是在过去不大规则的行为时,或主语的关心、感慨等主观因素较强时使用,而used to 则在客观地陈述相当期间的规则行为时使用。‎ ‎“I’ll leave this job for a better one”,he would say when he was scolded by his boss.‎ ‎③“would”常与“often,sometimes,for hours”等表示时间的副词(短语)连用。‎ ‎④与现在或将来比较而表示“以前经常……”的意思时,用used to。‎ He will not have the money to spend on books as he used to.‎ ‎“喜欢”的表示方法 英语中,表示“喜欢”的动词或词组有若干个,它们的语气强弱不同,有重有轻,意思也不完全一样,下面分别举例说明:‎ ‎(1)love 意为“热爱”,指引起深厚的、强烈的感情的爱,并有一种依附意,语气最重。如:‎ His mother,whom he loved deeply,died when he was only a small boy.他深深爱戴着他的母亲,当他小的时候,她与世长辞了。‎ I love doing comedies .我喜欢演喜剧。‎ ‎(2)be fond of 表示“喜欢” “热爱”,也表示对某人或某事有感情,语气次于“love”。如:‎ Ants are fond of sweet food.蚂蚁喜欢吃甜食。‎ I’m fond of this child.我喜欢这个小孩。‎ ‎(3)care for意为“喜欢、对……有兴趣”。如:‎ The girl cares much for new clothes.这个女孩很喜欢新衣服。‎ They do not care very greatly for art.他们对艺术不是很感兴趣。‎ ‎(4)like意为“喜欢”,指不反感,但不引起强烈的感情和迫切的愿意,反义词为dislike.如:‎ Do you like reading?你喜欢阅读吗?‎ I like to read in bed.我喜欢在床上看书。‎ ‎(5)enjoy意为“欣赏”“喜欢”,具有满足感,如:‎ I enjoy foreign music.我喜欢外国音乐。‎ Most students enjoy asking questions in English.大部分学生喜欢用英语问问题。‎ ‎(6)go in for“喜欢(做某类事)、有某种习惯或做法”。如:‎ What sports do you go in for?你喜欢哪些体育运动?‎ We don’t go in for that sort of thing.我们不喜欢那种事情。‎ 形容词、副词各等级的修饰语 ‎1)修饰原级的词:very,so,too,quite,rather,fairly,pretty.‎ ‎2)修饰比较级的词:a little,a bit,slightly,any,much,a lot,a great deal,far,by far,rather,even,still,yet等。‎ ‎3)修饰最高级的词:by far,much,almost,the second等。‎ 注意:基数词、分数、百分数也可修饰比较等级。‎ ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①恐怕箱子对你来说太重了,不过还是要谢谢你。‎ I’m afraid the box is___heavy___you,but thank you all the same.(MET’90)‎ ‎②我的房间比你们的稍大一点。‎ Our room is ____ ____ than theirs.‎ ‎③我比你早到三个小时。‎ I came here______ _____ _____ than you.‎ ‎④黄河是中国第二长河。‎ The Yellow River is_____ _____ _____river in China.‎ Key:①too,for ②slightly,bigger ③three,hours,earlier④the,second,longest year by year/year after year 形容词+with be pleased with sb./sth.对……满意;be satisfied with 对……满意;be busy with sth.忙于某事;be careful with 对……注意、细心;be connected with与……有联系;be lined with 排列,站队;be patient with sb.对某人有耐心;be popular with受欢迎;be strict with sb.对某人严格要求;be wrong with 出毛病,不顺心;be disappointed with对……失望;be angry with sb.生某人的气 ‎[应用]完成句子 ‎①作为一名老师你应该对学生有耐心。‎ As a teacher you should_______ _______ ______ your students.‎ ‎②每条路旁都栽上了树。‎ Every road ______ ______ _____ trees.‎ ‎③我们老师对工作认真,对学生也很严格。‎ Our teacher is not only strict _________ his work but also________his students.‎ ‎④夫妻都忙于工作,因而无暇顾及孩子。‎ Both husband and wife _______ ______ ______their work,so they ‎ have no time to care for the child.‎ Key: ①be, patient,with ‎②is, lined,with ‎③in, with ‎④are,busy,with 向别人提建议时常用的句型。‎ ‎①Why don’t you do sth.……?你怎不……?‎ ‎②Why not do sth.?(上句的省略)为什么不……?‎ ‎③You’d better do sth.你最好是……。‎ 例如:‎ ‎①Why don’t you ask them to help you?你怎么不叫他们帮助你呢?‎ ‎②Why not/don’t you go for a walk with them?为什么不和他们一块去散步呢?‎ ‎③You’d better go to see a doctor this afternoon.你最好下午去看医生。‎ year by year(=every year)强调逐步转变的过程,“逐年(变化)”。‎ They liked the cold wet weather there and their number increased year by year.糜鹿喜欢那里凉爽湿润的气候,因此它们的数量逐年增长。‎ The population increasing year by year.人口年复一年在增长。‎ Year after year(=for years)强调“逐年不断、重复,年年(重复)”。‎ Don’t plant the same crop in the same field year after year.不要年年都在同一块地里种同一种植物。‎ 疑问词 +不定式 what ,how, when,where,whether,which等疑问词 + 不定式构成的短语相当于名词从句,多用在ask,decide,know, tell, explain, find out, consider, wonder后作宾语,可以改换成相应意义的宾语从句对比:‎ ‎①Please show us how to use it./Please show us how we will use it.‎ 请为我们示范一下如何使用。‎ ‎②We don’t know whether to accept his invitation./We don’t ‎ know whether we should accept his invitation.‎ 我们不知道是否应该接受他的邀请。‎ ‎[应用]填空 ‎①There’re so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that I can’t make up my mind______ to buy.(MET’92)‎ A what B.which C.how D.where ‎②Last summer I took a course on _______.(MET’90)‎ A.how to make dresses ‎ B.how dresses be made C.how to be made dresses D.how dresses to be made Key:①B ②A ‎“一……就……”英语表达法 On his arrival he was sold to farmer and worked in the fields.他一到就被卖给一个农场主,开始在田里劳动。‎ The moment he reached the country,he started his search.他一到那个国家,就开始寻找。‎ 以上例句中的On his arrival和The moment均含“一……就……”“刚……就……”之意。下面就该意义的四种表达方式予以归纳。‎ ‎(1)as soon as 归纳:‎ ‎①as soon as 引出的时间状语从句既可以放在主句之前,也可放在主句之后,表示它所指的动作发生在另一分句所指的动作之前。‎ ‎②as soon as 可以与动词的一般现在时,一般过去时或完成时态连用,主句的动词使用相应的动词现在时,过去时或将来时。如:‎ He started as soon as he received the news.‎ 他一得到消息就出发了。‎ As soon as he had got into the car, I said“good morning”to him in French and he replied in the same language. 他一上车,我就用法语向他道了声早安,他也用法语作了回答。‎ ‎(2)hardly/scarcely/barely…when/before…no sooner…than…归纳:‎ ‎①注意搭配关系;hardly/scarcely/barely和no sooner不可以放在when/before和than之后。‎ ‎②hardly/scarcely/barely和no sooner否定词位于句首时,句中的主语和谓语必须部分倒装。‎ ‎③hardly/scarcely/barely和no sooner引导的是主句,表示它的动作发生在从句之前,故常用过去完成时;而when/before和than引导的从句只能与一般过去时连用。‎ ‎④该句型含“惊奇”之意。如:‎ Mrs Winthrop had no sooner left the room than they began to gossip about ‎ her.温思罗太太刚离开房间,他们就议论起她来了。‎ Scarcely/Hardly/Barely had he begun to speak when I sensed that he was in trouble.‎ 他刚一开口,我就感到他遇到麻烦事了。‎ No sooner had we set out than a thunderstorm broke.我们一动身就遇上了大雷雨。‎ ‎(3)the moment/the instant归纳:‎ 名词短语the moment/instant/minute/second和副词immediately/‎ directly可以用做连词,相当于as soon as,引导的是时间状语从句;从句既可放在句首,也可放在句中。如:‎ The moment I saw him, I knew that there was no hope.一见到他,我就知道没希望了。‎ The instant you leave this tent, you will get a big surprise. 你一出账篷,便会大吃一惊。‎ We will leave the minute you’re ready.你一准备好,我们就走。‎ She returned immediately she heard the bad news.她一听到这个坏消息,就返了回来。‎ I left directly the clock struck twelve.钟一敲十二点我就离开了。‎ ‎(4)on + 动名词(或表示动作的名词)归纳:‎ 动名词(或名词)结构表示它所表达的动作刚一发生或完成,句子谓语所表示的动作就接着发生。它相当于as soon as 引导的时间状语从句。如:‎ ‎ On arriving in England, they were taken to the Grystal Palace by train.他们一到英国便乘火车去水晶宫。‎ On his return from Europe, he set to work in earnest.他一从欧洲回来,便开始认真工作。‎ He was greeted by the Prime Minister on his arrival at the airport.他一到机场,便受到总理的欢迎。‎ 另外,each time, every time如同上面四种类型一样,可直接用作从属连词,引导状语从句。如:‎ Every time I listen to his advice, I get into trouble. 我每次听了他的劝告,都会遇到麻烦。‎ I’ll think of my hometown each time I listen to that song.我每次听这首歌,都会想起家乡。‎ 引导从句的词常有:when/while/whenever/before/after/until/till/和if/unless/though,但简化必须符合下面两个条件。‎ ‎(1)当从句与主句主语一致,且从句谓语有be的某种形式时,常可以把从句的主语及be省略掉。‎ ‎①Be careful when(you are) crossing the street 过马路的时候要小心。‎ ‎②While (he was)walking along the sands.Crusoe saw some footprints in the sand.克鲁索沿沙滩走着的时候,看到沙子上有些脚印。‎ ‎③I won’t go to her party unless(I am) invited.要是不受到邀请,我就不去参加她的宴会。‎ ‎④He knows many things though(he is)very young.他年龄不大,但知道的事不少。‎ ‎(2)当从句为it is + adj.时,也常将it is省略掉。‎ ‎①When (it is)possible,I’ll go to Beijing to see you.可能的时候,我将去北京看你。‎ ‎②If (it is)necessary, I’ll come tomorrow.必要的话,明天我就来。‎ 只能接动名词作宾语的词 ‎ 1)动词:admit,advise,consider,delay,enjoy,excuse,escape, finish, forbid, imagine, keep, mind, miss, practise, suggest, unders-‎ tand ‎ ‎2)词组:insist on, think of, give up, dream of, hear of,depend on,feel like,devote to, be used to,can’t help,prevent… from,look forward to, put off, be worth ‎[应用]选择正确答案 ‎①The squirrel was lucky that it just missed ________.‎ A.catching B.to be caught C.being caught D.to catch ‎②Only one of these books is _________.‎ A.worth to read B.worth being read C.worth of reading D.worth reading ‎③I really enjoy ________ that kind of job.‎ A.do B.doing C.to do D.to be doing ‎④“What are you going to do this morning?”‎ ‎“I’m thinking of _______ to visit my aunt.”‎ A.go B.going C.having gone D.my going Key:①C ②D ③B ④B 只能接不定式作宾语的动词 下列动词只能接不定式作宾语,不能接动名词:‎ agree,ask,choose, decide, demand,expect, hope,learn,long, manage,offer,plan,promise, pretend, refuse,wish,set out, determine, ‎ would love.‎ ‎[应用]选择正确答案 ‎①We agree _______ here but so far she hasn’t turned up yet.‎ ‎ (MET’95)‎ A.having met B.meeting ‎ C.to meet D.to have met ‎②She pretended __________ me when I passed by.(MET’89)‎ A.not to see B.not seeing C.to not see D.having not seen ‎③Little Jim should love ______ to the theatre this even- ‎ ing.(met’92)‎ A.to be taken B.to take C.being taken D.taking ‎ Key:①C ②A ③A